Historic, Archive Document

Do not assume content reflects current
scientific knowledge, policies, or practices

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF

QUEENSLAND

FOR 1944

VOL. LVI.

ISSUED 12th SEPTEMBER, 1945.

PRICE : FIFTEEN 8HILLINQ8.

Printed for the Society
by

A. H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

NOTICE TO AUTHORS.

L

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

: •

Each paper should be accompanied by the author ’s name, degrees and official
address.

Papers must be complete and in a form suitable for publication when com-
municated to the Society and should be as concise as possible.

Papers must be accompanied by an abstract of not more than one hundred
words.

Papers should be in double-spaced typescript on one side of the paper with
ample margins.

The use of italics in the text should be restricted to generic and specific
names, foreign words and titles of periodicals.

The cost of author’s corrections to proof above what the Council considers
a reasonable amount, must be borne by the author.

Unless otherwise specified each author will be supplied with fifty separate
copies of his paper. Any number exceeding this may be obtained at
approximately cost price.

All references should be listed at the end of each paper and arranged
alphabetically under authors ’ names, e.g ,

Keilin, D. (1929) Proc. Boy. Soc. B, vol. 104, p. 207.

Lesage, P. (1895) Ann. Sei. Nat. Bot., vol. 1, p. 309.

The corresponding references in the text, should be:

“Keilin (1929)”, “Lesage (1895)”.

The size of the printed plate will not exceed 8 in. x 4$ in., and drawings
may be to this size, or preferably to a convenient small multiple thereof.
The effect of the necessary reduction on lettering and fine detail should
be borne in mind. Text figures should be drawn for reduction to a width
not exceeding 4 in.

Drawing in line should be executed in intensely black ink, such as good
India ink, on a smooth surface, preferably Bristol board. Excessively
fine, scratchy or faint lines are to be avoided. Tints or washes cannot
be reproduced in line drawings, in which the maximum degree of contrast
is necessary.

Drawings or photographs for reproduction in half-tone should, where possible,
be grouped for reproduction on one plate. They should be done or
mounted on a smooth surface, such as Bristol board, as the grain of most
drawing papers becomes visible on reproduction. Single photographs
should be sent flat and unmounted. All prints should be on glpssy
bromide or gas-light paper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

QUEENSLAND

FOR 1944

VOL. LVI.

ISSUED 12th SEPTEMBER, 1945.

PRICE: FIFTEEN SHILLINGS*

Printed for the Society
by

A. H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

The Royal Society of Queensland.

Patron :

HIS EXCELLENCY, COLONEL THE EIGHT HONOURABLE SIR LESLIE
ORME WILSON, G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., P.C., D.S.O., LL.D.

OFFICERS. 1944.

President :

F. A. PERKINS, B.Sc.Agr.

Vice-Presidents :

Professor J. BOSTOCK, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., D.P.M., F.R.A.C.P.
Professor II. J. WILKINSON, B.A., M.D., Ch.M.

Son. Treasurer:
E. W. BICK.

Son. Secretary :

MARGARET I. R. SCOTT, M.Sc.

Son. Librarian:

Son. Editors:

I. R. BICK, M.Se.

S. T. BLAKE, M.Sc.

M. F. HICKEY, M.A., M.B., B.S.

Members of Council:

Professor T. G. II. JONES, D.Sc., A.A.C.I., Professor D. H. K. LEE,
M.Sc., M.D., B.S., D.T.M., O. A. JONES, M.Sc., E. M. SHEPHERD, B.E.,
R. PENNINGTON, B.A.

Trustees :

F. BENNETT, B.Sc., J. B. HENDERSON, F.I.C., and
A. J. TURNER, M.D., F.R.E.S.

Son. Auditor:

L. P. HERDSMAN.

Bankers :

COMMONWEALTH BANK OF AUSTRALIA.

CONTENTS.

Vol. LVI.

No. 1. — Presidential Address: A Retrospect of Modern Psychiatry.

By John Bostock, M.B., B.S., L.B.C.P.. D.P.M.,

F.B.A.C.P. (Issued separately, 13th November, 1944)

No. 2. — On Streptachne R. Brown and Pheidochloa Genus Novum, Two
Genera of Grasses from Queensland. By S. T. Blake,
M.Sc. (Issued separately, 13th November, 1944)

No. 3. — Some Permian Foraminifera from Eastern Australia. By
Irene Crespin, B.A. (Issued separately, 5th February, 1945)

No. 4. — Permian Ostracoda from Eastern Australia. By Irene
Crespin, B.A. (Issued separately, 5tli February, 1945)

No. 5. — Triassic Insects of Queensland. I. Eoses, a Probable
Lepidopterous Insect from the Triassic Beds of Mount
Crosby, Queensland. By N. B. Tindale, B.Sc. (Issued
separately, 27th April, 1945)

No. 6. — A Revision of the Australian Cossidaf. (Lepidoptera). By
A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.B.E.S. (Issued separately,
19th June, 1945)

No. 7. — Some Geological Notes on the Pioneer River Basin and
Adjacent Areas. By Frederick Bennett, B.Sc. (Issued
separately, 25th June, 1945)

No. 8. — Tryon Memorial Lecture: Henry Tryon — First Hon.

Secretary, Royal Society of Queensland and his place
in Queensland Science. By C. T. White. (Issued separately,
25th June, 1945) . .

No. 9. — A New Gerioides with Folding Wings (Diptera — Syrphidak'i .
By G. H. Hardy. (Issued separately, 25th June, 1945)

No. 10. — Tiie Geology of Central Australia. By H. I. Jensen, D.Sc.
(Issued separately, 29th June, 1945)

No. 11. — Ostracods From Some Queensland Tertiary Basins, and
Their Bearing on the Correlation of the Strata. By
A. W. Beasley, M.Sc. (Issued separately, 29th June, 1945)

No. 12. — A Papuan Orchid: Dendrobium Coplandii (Bailey) Rupp,
comb. nov. By II. M. B. Bupp. (Issued separately, 29tli
June, 1945)

Report of Council

Abstract of Proceedings

List of Library Exchanges

Pages.

1-10

11-22

23-30

31-36

37-46

47-70

71-76

77-80

81-84

85-94

95-124

125

y-vi

VII— XIV
XV-XVIU

List of Members . .

. . XIX-XXIV

VOL. LVI., No. 1.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Queensland.

Presidential Address:

A RETROSPECT OF MODERN PSYCHIATRY.

By John Bostock, M.B., B.S., D.P.M., Department of Medical
Psychology, University of Queensland.

(Delivered before the Royal Society of Queensland , 21th March , 1944.)

Before proceeding with the Presidential address of the Royal
Society of Queensland, which I am privileged to give, I wish to place
on record two outstanding events which have occurred during the past
twelve months.

The government, through our Premier, the Hon. F. A. Cooper, has
made a substantial grant to the library of the Royal Society, in order
to assist in the preservation of our records which are regarded as being
of vital importance to the scientific world of Queensland. With regard
to the war, it will interest all members to know that your president and
the council pledged themselves to assist not merely in the war effort
but also in any scheme for the improvement of library facilities in our
state.

The year has seen the passing of the first secretary of the Society,
Mr. Henry Tryon. It is regretted that he did not live to present an
account of those early days. He Rad promised to do this. No reference
to Mr. Tryon would be adequate without mention of the sterling qualities
he possessed. Among them were his perseverance in the face of obstacles,
his courage and the wide variety of his scientific interests.

THE ADDRESS.

In choosing as my theme for this evening “A Retrospect of Modern
Psychiatry,” it has been my desire to introduce one which illustrates that
wide scope of enquiry which not merely underlies the scientific ideal
but is the guiding principle of the Royal Society itself. Whilst no one
can deny the advantages of specialism, there is no doubt of the danger
that it may be purchased at the price of isolationism. All too frequently
we are dragooned by the urgent necessities of our calling and the
limitations of the time factor into an intellectual privacy which has
harmful results. The meetings of our Society are a valuable means of
combatting this tendency.

It will be my endeavour to show in this study that psychiatry
illustrates the wide variety of scientific contacts which are necessary if
progress is to ensue. Attention will be drawn to certain principles of
research. To-day we are apt to think of streamlined systems which
flow inexorably if not effortlessly to a desired conclusion. This does
not apply to research which is often hampered by over-planning.

o

u

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Progress is discontinuous and at times erratic. Discoveries are kept
for decades in the cold store of forgotten memories. Research in one
field produces results in unexpected places. Above all we are reminded
that all knowledge is interrelated. The observation of a fruit may give
clues as to the working of a planet, the study of a flea may permit the
saving of a million human lives. Such facts are reminders of the need
for intellectual freedom without which progress cannot escape the
strangle-hold of outworn tradition.

PSYCHIATRY DEFINED.

I propose in this address to give a brief retrospect of modern
psychiatry, touching on changes which have occurred during my own
lifetime and largely during the period I have been a practising
psychiatrist. It will be seen in the course of this retrospect that the
psychiatrist has borrowed profitably from the bank of science.
Psychiatry is a field of medicine whose boundaries are extensive but
vague and ill-defined, for at the one extreme we see conditions which
are entirely functional, being unassociated with demonstrable physical
change, and at the other there are grossly organic diseases. The
psychiatrist is concerned with the disorders of a psycho-somatic (or
mind-body) nature, not with diseases affecting tissues or organs, or
systems of organs. In fact he is dealing with the total reaction of
patients as social or biological units. The total reactions of individuals
are designated as behaviour. The purpose then of psychiatry is to
study and treat conditions characterised by disordered behaviour.

Biologically considered, behaviour is the product of the reciprocal
reactions between the organism and its environment. As pointed out
by Dr. S. E. Jones the reactions have a double polarity, for the
individual modifies and acts upon his environment and the environment
acts upon the individual. This double aspect is important in psychiatry
because behaviour disorders are largely determined by the influencing
of environment on the individual. Thus it wall be seen that psychiatry
is concerned with highly complex relationships over a very wide field
from that of the welfare of the individual to that of the entire
community.

GENERAL PARALYSIS OF THE INSANE.

It is fitting to commence this retrospect by a consideration of
General Paralysis of the Insane for it was the first psychiatric entity
to be identified. The clinical and pathological changes were completely
defined in 1826.

When I first took up a position in a large mental hospital, it was
a common sight to see rows of beds in which general paralytics were
lying, paralysed in body, bankrupt in mind, surviving in mere vegetable
fashion and awaiting the inevitable termination in death which came
within a year of hospitalisation.

To-day the young psychiatrist rarely sees such a case. The course
of this disease has been entirely changed. The steps toward this truly
dramatic alteration in outlook are intriguing.

It was not until late in the 19th century that syphilis was generally
accepted as the cause of this disease. Previously many authorities
regarded it as due to the ‘ ‘ stress of modern life 9 ’ owing to the fact that
it was most common in members of the learned professions and Army
officers.

A RETROSPECT OF MODERN PSYCHIATRY.

3

We read that in 1893 Kirchoff considered “the development of the
disease is favoured by the noxious influences inherent in the agitated
life of recent times. ’ ’

The view that syphilis was responsible was strengthened by the
application of the Bordet-Gengou or Wasserman Reaction and was
ultimately confirmed when in 1913 Naguchi and Moore demonstrated
the presence of spirochaetes in the brains of general paralytics.

It will be seen that a period of 90 years elapsed between the
recognition of the disease entity and the elucidation of its aetiology.

Although the proven remedies for syphilis were employed with
many variations, including the arsenicals “606” and later derivatives
of the Erhlich and Hata discoveries, the curative results were entirely
fruitless. A diagnosis of General Paralysis still remained the equivalent
of a death sentence.

The first rays indicating the dawn of therapeutic success were
ushered in in 1917 when publicity was given to the success of Wagner
von Jauregg in treating this disease by inoculating his patients with
malaria. Many years earlier he had suggested the use of fever for the
treatment of this disease. This suggestion was based on the quite
common observation that a patient suffering from mental disorders
frequently had a remission of symptoms in the course of or following an
intercurrent febrile disorder.

VICTORY THROUGH HEAT.

At first we thought that the malarial infection had a specific
antagonism to the spirochaete of syphilis. Later it was shown that
equally beneficial results were obtained by other methods for inducing
high temperatures. A wide variety was used including relapsing fever,
typhoid inoculations and bacterial products. Later (in 1930) pyrexia
was induced by diathermy and air-conditioned chambers. Finally the
property of the electric short wave (25 metres) was used.

It now seems obvious that the curative agency is heat, ,,in that a
temperature of 106° F. is fatal to the spirochaete.

It is interesting to reflect that Louis Pasteur discovered the delicate
relationship between organisms and the temperature of the medium in
which they live during experiments with Anthrax. He noticed that
the bacillus can he grown in cultures only with great difficulty at
temperatures of 43° C. or 44° C. It occurred to him that this might
be the explanation for the known immunity of fowls from anthrax.
The normal temperature of fowls is 42° C. On March 19th, 1878,
Pasteur demonstrated two fowls which had been plunged into the same
bath at 25° C. One was inoculated with 5 drops of an anthrax culture.
It contracted the disease and died whereas its control companion suffered
nc disability.

Here we see a hint on a direct approach on the therapeutics
of infection yet it was only applied many years after publication.

This story of victory over disease by heat illustrates the inter-
relationship of the science in which the biologist and the chemist have
played a prominent part. We might emphasize the place of the physicist.
The story of the evolution of wireless is familiar to most. Even the
comparatively young will remember Marconi's conquest of the Atlantic
and the arrest of Crippen as a dramatic result of this new method of

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

communication. I must confess an inability at that time to conceive
that a radio transmitter would a few years later be curing Dementia
Paralytics.

Electro-magnetic induction was tried by Neymann, Osborne and
Holmquest in 1928. Those who have seen this type of treatment will
confess that it savours of the miraculous. The heating element is a loop
or coil resting on the blankets. The following is the description of a
technique used by Guy P. U. Prior, and recorded in the Year Book of
Neurology, 1937 : —

‘ ‘ The patient is insulated against loss of heat by use of terry cloth,
a rubber sheet and six blankets which are wrapped around him and
around which 3 turns of the cable are laid. The patient is given a hot
bath, an enema, 10 ozs. of hot milk or coffee and 6 grains of Sodium
Heberal two hours before treatment. Pulse, respiration and temperature
are recorded every 15 minutes and a hot drink consisting of glucose
10 per cent in Saline solution 0-6 per cent, is given freely. The
temperature must be kept about 103-4° F. for 8 hours and during 2 of
these hours it is between 105-2° and 106° F.”

As a result of such modern methods, the patient suffering from
General Paralysis has now a positive prospect of arrest of the disease.
This improves in ratio to the time from onset of symptoms. The early
treatment produces the best results. Such considerations have a
significance to-day.

COMING SHADOWS.

We are used to those financial taxes which are an inevitable
concomitant to the war effort. We may fail to remember those invisible
taxes which burden the national health. War produces a bounteous
crop of syphilitics from which wdll follow a future harvest of general
paralytics.

In 5, 10, 15, or 20 years, we may expect to see cases which illustrate-
the classic train of symptoms. Let us hope that our prophylaxis will
be as perfect as possible, that our heat therapy so ably commenced will
improve through the years. We may find that every syphilitic should
receive heat therapy in order to sterilise that nidus of brain infection
which, lying dormant for a decade, can awake, we know not why, to
virulent activity and produce those deadly results to which I have
referred.

It is not surprising that efforts have been made to utilize the
converse effects of cold therapy. Patients have been placed under
conditions of extreme cold for Jong periods. Whilst good results
have been claimed, the dangers of pneumonia and other complications
have militated against success.

SHOCK TREATMENT.

Twenty years ago in the wards of every psychiatric hospital, in the
outpatients of every psychiatric clinic and indeed in every doctor’s
consulting room were cases in which the treatment was of the “By God
and by Guess variety,” a compound of hope, time, aperients, fresh air
and drugs. One would see —

A RETROSPECT OF MODERN PSYCHIATRY.

5

The melancholic, who for months or years, would remain emotionally
depressed, indifferent to life, often indeed actively searching for death

or A young man in the prime of life, weighed down by such a
load of anxiety, that a decision became impossible and even interesting
work could not be undertaken through his inhibitions and disinterest

or A woman whose chief thought was the means of killing her
children lest they too would suffer

or A man the victim of a ceaseless obsession that he must perform
an act of antisocial nature, which must inevitably produce his ruin.

We have seen such cases in hundreds, nay thousands. Whilst cure
often ensued, it's course was slow and unpredictable. Often the coroner’s
court and the mental hospital were the final repository. We have prayed
earnestly for a magic philtre which would disperse the evil cloud of
depressive thought and make the obsession recede beyond the ken of
consciousness.

To-day our prayers have been answered through the modern miracle
of shock therapy. The word “ Miracle” is not an indication of
enthusiasm run riot but of sober fact tempered by experience. With
shock therapy each patient I have mentioned has the probability of
freedom from symptoms within two or three weeks. Within a week
the suieidally inclined, the child-murderer, the anxiety-ridden and the
obsessed may be taking a cheerful intelligent interest in their surround-
ings and be so divorced from their depressive past as to forget entirely
their morbid thoughts.

Within the last ten years, the advent of shock therapy has com-
pletely revolutionised the practice of psychiatry by eliminating the
time-lag of the old proceedings and creating an early atmosphere of
enthusiastic co-operation.

The story behind shock is another admirable illustration of
scientific progress, its interrelationship with other branches, of
unexpectedness and lack of continuity.

In the year 1781 a William Oliver of London described that a case
of mania improved after a course of camphor had given convulsions.
150 years were to elapse before the technique became common practice
and then it was introduced almost simultaneously by two independent
workers on different lines.

In 1928 Manfred Sakel was using Insulin in the cure of drug-
addiction and found that sometimes when large amounts are employed
severe hypoglycaemic shocks and convulsions produce remarkably
successful therapeutic results.

Prior to 1932, it had been noted that if convulsions occurred in a
case of Catatonic Schizophrenia, there might be a remission, and that
remarkably few epileptics suffer from this common mental disorder.

In 1933, von Meduna, after experimenting with animals, injected
an intra-muscular camphor preparation (25 per cent, of oleum cam-
phoratum) into a series of human patients. The method was clumsy
since the convulsions were uncertain. Soon it was replaced by
intravenous cardiazol — pentamethylene tetrazol — in 10 per cent, solution.

A list of favourable results was published. The treatment soon
swept the world and was tried in many thousands of cases. Gradually
the relative scope of usefulness for Insulin and Cardiazol was mapped
out. It was discovered that although the latter was designed for

6

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Schizophrenia, the best results were obtained in other conditions. In
spite of inherent risks of fracture or dislocation, cardiazol achieved the
wider usage on account of ease of administration and safety to life.

In cardiazol therapy the convulsion occurs within 20 seconds. The
patients wake up in a few minutes and can get up. They need not be
confined to bed. In insulin therapy very large doses are required and
highly skilled medical and nursing attention is needed for five or six
hours. As coma is induced little imagination is required to realise the
risks involved and the necessity for a standardised technique.

Although the psychiatrist was gratified with the new therapeutic
methods, he began to pray for a modification. Cardiazol creates fear of
the treatment in the minds of the patients. We also wanted a greater
immunity from fractures and dislocations. Again the physicist rose to
the occasion. Cerletti and Bini, in 1937, experimented with the use of
alternating current through the brain for the production of convulsions.
They found that this was an effective agent and had certain advantages
over the pharmacological method. In brief, the alternating current is
passed trans-temporally at a voltage ranging from 90 to 200 for a
period of time from -1 to *5 seconds. Immediately the current is passed
the patient becomes unconscious and herein lies the great advantage
over the injection method. The effect being instantaneous, the patient
experiences no discomfort. If the preselected voltage and time are
adequate, a convulsion commences within a few seconds and lasts for
f of a minute.

THE ELECTRO-ENCEPHALOGRAPH.

Twenty years ago the psychiatrists envied the cardiologist for the
possession of the electro-cardiograph which, by registering differences in
electrical potential, gave an accurate measurement of heart-action. We
prayed for some such instrument in order to wrest the hidden secrets
of brain-function. Our only recourse was through brain-sections under
the microscope, the X-ray which merely revealed shadows and the
newly developed technique of encephalography wherein the injection of
air into brain and spinal cavities increased the scope of such shadow-
pictures. These measures, whilst helping in the elucidation of brain-
substance, could not give a hint of the underlying dynamics.

A commencement to new knowledge was made in the early thirties
of this century by recording electric variations in skin reactions whilst
the patient was influenced by stimulating ideas. It was found that there
is a relation between emotion, anxiety, and skin resistance. The much
publicised “Lie detector” is a variant of this type.

In 1934, Hans Berger revolutionised the field by his use of an
oscillograph which minimised the effects of skin resistance. He was
able to show the presence of two types of electrical oscillations. The
most obvious of these is the “delta” which consists of rhythmic changes
in electric potential from 0 to 100 microvolts at a frequency of 10 per
second. In most people the waves are only present when the eyes are
closed and the mind at ease. The “beta” waves are smaller and of .a
frequency of 18 to 25 per second. They are associated with the Frontal
lobes.

The use of the Electro-Encephalograph has already borne fruit. It
is being widely used in the localisation of cerebral tumours and as early

A RETROSPECT OF MODERN PSYCHIATRY.

7

as 1936, Grey Walter was able to report four cases in which slow waves
pointed to the site of a growth which was verified at operation or post
mortem.

Light has been shed on the age-old, mysterious yet very common
condition of Epilepsy. It has been shown that the fit or seizure is but
the outward manifestation of disorder in brain-rhythm potentials.
Major and minor attacks show an increased voltage during its height.
It is possible to differentiate by the wave-speed, those vague muscle
jerkings, bouts of irritability and other minor variants which are a
part of the Epileptic Syndrome. As a result of these discoveries,
epilepsy is now described asa“ Paroxysmal Cerebral Dysrhythmia. 7 7

The encephalograph is to-day being used not merely as a help in
diagnosis and treatment but has been employed medico-legally to discover
epilepsy in the criminal. During a recent case choice of the alternatives
“prison or hospital” actually depended on the encephalographic
findings.

Quite apart from the above one must refer in this retrospect to the
extraordinary change in outlook for the epileptic during the last 25
years. Only those who remember the “era of the Bromide7 7 will appre-
ciate the dull intellects, the spotted faces and demented appearance of
the old-time sufferer. To-day through the introduction of the
Barbiturates and Dilantin we have at our disposal drugs which will in
most cases control the fit without producing an excessive drowsiness.

DISCOVERY OF NEW ENTITIES.

Time passes. I must all too briefly refer to the well-known scientific
process of collecting facts, analysing the material and splitting off
entities into a new classification. Thirty years ago any of the following
patients would have been wrongly classified and treated:

1. A man has had only two fits in his lifetime both when surfing.

2. (a) A fireman complains of faintness only when stoking his

engine. He is nervous.

(b) A woman having once been giddy in the street develops
fear of going out of doors.

3. A man falls to the ground when excited and falls asleep on

the least provocation even when driving a car.

4. A young adult, after a severe attack of “fever,” sleeps by

day, is awake at night and becomes clumsy in his move-
ments and sees “double.77

Case 1. — The cause and treatment of Diabetes is now a common-
place of knowledge. The use of Insulin in decreasing excess of
blood-sugar is universal. That psychiatric states can result from a
decrease in blood-sugar is a new discovery. The man mentioned above
who, after heavy exercise when fasting, had fits was found to have a
low blood-sugar/ He is not an epileptic but a hypoglycaemic who by
regulating his food-intake can command his destiny. We now know that
hypoglycaemia can produce a wide variety of symptoms including
mental confusion, langour and pains.

Case 2 ( a and b). — Both have previously been treated as merely
nervous invalids. Actually they belong to the “water-balance
syndrome.” Our stoker loses much sweat in the hot task of feeding his
engine in a tropical condition. He has merely a salt-deficiency. The

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

lady suifers from water-pressure change in her semicircular canal. If
she excludes salt from the diet and uses a substitute for the Sodium
radicle, the giddiness will disappear. The fireman must take more salt.

Case 3. — Twenty years ago a sleepy man who, because of nervous-
ness, could not smash with a racket or hook a fish was just another
example of “ nerves/ 9 Now we see the characteristic story of “Idio-
pathic Narcolepsy ” for which there is a specific remedy in Ephedrine or
Benzedrine.

Case 4. — To-day the combination of fever and drowsiness followed
by character changes is so clear that even the tyro can make a diagnosis
of sleeping sickness or Encephalitis Lethargica due to an infection of the
brain. Such cases and their variants are quite common. It is interest-
ing to note that the first recognition occurred by Constantin von
Economo in 1917 and was later identified with a “mysterious disease,’’
occurring in Australia in the same year.

As Professor Economo says: —

“Every psychiatrist who wishes to probe into the phenomena of
disturbed mobility and changes of character, the psychological
mechanism of mental inaccessability, of the neuroses, etc., must be
thoroughly acquainted with the experience gathered from Encephalitis
Lethargica.

Every psychologist who in future attempts to deal with psycho-
logical phenomena .... and is not well acquainted with encephalitic
patients .... will build on sand. ’ ’

Had I the time, I would have liked to describe other entities, such
as the role of vegetable or animal extracts (or chemical substitutes) and
vitamins in assisting the psychiatric patient. It is not merely in those
serious cases such as Pernicious Anaemia or Myasthenia Gravis that the
new knowledge has been important. To-day the woman in every home
who is going through the menopause can do so with an ease unknown to
her mother. We are beginning to use the endocrine glands with good
and indeed often brilliant results.

Concerning Vitamins, the discovery of the B1 and B2 complex
has opened new avenues of treatment. With their aid we can achieve
the hitherto impossible. It is spectacular to see a crippled neuritic
almost take up his bed and walk. It is satisfying to be able to help the
array of the debilitated through the avitamosis of a faulty diet, take on
a new life of increased happiness and efficiency.

Were the time available it would be profitable to discuss the problem
of allergy, which relates to our sensitivities toward a wide series of sub-
stances, both in the body and without. We are realizing such
mechanisms may give headaches and other symptoms. Often the patient
manufactures his own poisons.

THE SOCIAL SPHERE.

The above references will I trust serve to emphasise the wide scope
of psychiatry and its linkage with diverse studies. I shall conclude by
drawing your attention to the extraordinary change which has occurred
in our appreciation of the psychology of man the individual and of man
in the mass. There has been a profound revolution in our viewpoint, so
that we are beginning to see the world as it is — a correlated living

A RETROSPECT OF MODERN PSYCHIATRY.

9

whole and not as a mere aggregation of separate individuals living
separate lives. Such change did not occur overnight nor is it complete.
Whilst it is true to say that psychiatry has outgrown its swaddling-
clothes and can use its eyes with advantage, it cannot see all, but the
same might be said of all departments of knowledge for there is always
further knowledge over the horizon.

During the latter part of the 19th century, psychiatry was largely
based on materialism. This attitude persisted into the present century
as may be seen from the attention given in the journals to brain
structure and clinical tests. It is true that Braid and Bertrand pro-
duced mesmerism by suggestion and coined the term hypnotism but this
psychological attitude was unusual. It received an impetus through
the impressive work of Charcot in the seventies and eighties on
hysteria and hypnotism.

Following this one must chronicle the activities of a group of men
who hammered the psychological viewpoint to a point when it dominated
the entire psychiatric picture. We must include Babinski, Dubois and
Dejerine, Coue, Janet, Adler, Jung, Morton Prince, Watson, McDougall,
Rivers and Freud.

It must be conceded that spectators on the arena of the psychiatric
battleground have had a remarkable experience. As each teacher
advanced his views he collected followers who formed a “ school of
thought.’ ’ Whilst at the time, this differentiation seemed reasonable,
to-day the lines of demarcation seem tenuous and flimsy. Through
death the colourful and forceful leaders have departed, leaving us free
to abstract from each according to our needs and to collate without
prejudice or bias. Only the mentally blind will deny us the existence
of a glorious heritage.

As this is a short personal retrospect, one cannot be expected to
give honour to all. One must mention Freud for his dynamic concept
of the striving soul, impelled by the race-need for reproduction, Rivers
for his insistence on the importance of current happenings to the psyche,
MacDougall for stressing the variety of emotional and instinctive forces
which pattern our lives, Adler for teaching the role of inferiority
striving for recognition, Dubois for his realisation of the power of
persuasion, Watson for showdng the importance of the study of animal
behaviour, Kraepelin and Janet for indicating the need for careful
case-taking in medical records, Binet and Simon for demonstrating that
any careful analysis may have far-reaching results, Jung for his analysis
of psychological types.

It must not be thought that the ranks of the materialists were
silent during the period under review. Kretschmer stressed the
importance of body-type on character and temperament. The
endocrinologists draw our attention to internal secretions which
dominate personality. Cotton and Robertson will not let us forget the
devastating role of constipation and focal sepsis. Our dietitians
thundered the need for a balanced intake of food. To-day, thanks to
this spate of ideas, w^e are able to survey the wdiole field of human
endeavour and envisage each problem in an appropriate setting. Our
knowledge of the bipolarity of our lives, the interrelation of cause and
effect, between self and environment, between “I, you and they, our
betwixt and betweens and surroundings” has created the new psychiatry

B

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND

which is concerned equally with social customs as with individual
usage. Thus the prevention and cure of a disease may be visualised
as the need for alteration in the social way of life and not merely an
occasion for individual chastisement or re-education. When the
psychiatrist is asked the secret of a nervous and mental disorder he can
discuss beyond the immediate remedy to plans for future needs . . .
more educated parents, early training on right lines for children, better
homes, better modes of living and surer routes to the goal of individual
and race happiness.

If it is ever justifiable to deduce future events from past per-
formance, one must regard the future of psychiatry with an interest
which should not be enclosed within the narrow confines of a single
specialty.

Ajs Sir James Mackintosh pointed out more than a century ago : — -

“Diffused knowledge immortalizes itself.7’

And so in conclusion we return to that movement for freedom for
knowledge and its dissemination among other scientists which has been
the guiding rule of the Royal Society. Long may it continue.

Vol. LVI., No. 2.

11

ON ^STREPTACHNE R. BROWN AND
PHEIDOCHLOA GENUS NOVUM,
TWO GENERA OF GRASSES FROM
QUEENSLAND, f

By S. T. Blake, M.Sc., Queensland Herbarium, Botanic Gardens,

Brisbane.

(With Plates I. and II.)

( Received 6th March , 1944; read before the Royal Society of
Queensland, 31s£ July, 1944; issued separately 13 th November, 1944.)

The genus Streptachne R.Br. Prodr. 174 (1810) was founded on a
single species S. stipoides R.Br., l.c., though other plants have1 been
referred to this genus by later writers. The interpretation of this
genus and species has been a source of difficulty almost ever since, and
in this paper an attempt is made to throw some light on the taxonomic
and nomenclatural problems involved.

The data available for the taxonomic interpretation of Streptachne
stipoides R.Br. are as follows :

1. Throughout the literature no specimens other than the type-

gathering have been referred to this species.

2. Robert Brown, Prodr. 174 (1810), states that the specimens

he saw were in the herbarium of Joseph Banks. The name
of the species is merely listed (without a specific descrip-
tion) after the description of the genus, of which the most
important phrase is “valvula exterior cylindraceo-involuta,
arista terminali simplici inarticulata infra tortili” and the
observation “Gramen facie Aristidae v. Stipae ab hac
diversum arista cum valvula inarticulata. ’ ’

3. Bentham, FI. Austral, vii. 571-2 (1878), follows Brown and

writes that the species is 1 ‘ only known from two very
imperfect specimens, one in Herb. Banks, the other in Herb.
R. Brown, each consisting of the summit of a stem without
leaves, bearing a very slender and loose little-branched
panicle of 5 to 6 in. Outer glumes 4 to 5 lines long, tapering
into long fine points. Flowering glume narrow, glabrous,
tapering into a very fine twisted and bent awn of f in.
Stamens 3.” The locality is given as Endeavour River.

4. F. Mueller in Journ. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales xv. 237

(1882), cites Streptachne R.Br. as a synonym of Stipa L.

5. Domin, in Biblioth. Bot. xx. heft 85, 342 (1915), transfers

the species to Aristida as A. streptachne n. nom. and thus
describes the specimens: ‘ ‘ besitzt fein zugespitzte, gleich
lange eirciter 11-13 mm lange, kahle Hullspelzen, von denen
die eine dreinervig, die andere einnervig ist. Die Deckspelze
ist mit den Hullspelzen fast gleichlang und geht .... in
eine einfach, im unteren Teile spiralig gedrehte Granne
liber.”

c

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

6. Hughes, in Kew Bull. 1922, 302 (1922), discusses the genus

and its relationships with Stipa and concludes that it is
distinct from this, but no reference is made to Aristida.
According to her figures the lemma is much shorter than
the glumes; the column is straight with regard to the lemma
in one figure, bent both from the body of the lemma and
from the awn in another figure. It is difficult to know from
the figures whether the lemma is furrowed or not though a
furrowed condition is suggested. The dimensions of the
figures are : Glumes 71 and 63 mm. ; body of lemma 42 and
46 mm. ; column 27 mm. ; awn 70 mm. The magnification of
the figures is said to be 3.

7. Henrard, in Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden liv.B (1928) and ]viiL

(1929), follows Domin in referring the species to Aristida .
He did not see the specimens and his information seems to
have come from a sketch and other data sent by A. B.
Rendle. From his figure, key and description we get the
following data: Glumes 11-13 mm. long, subequal or the
lower slightly the longer, the lower 3-nerved, the upper
1 -nerved; lemma terete, tubulous, up to 14 mm. long*
column not bent from the body of the lemma, straight*
strongly twisted, ,> about 7 mm. long; awn slightly curved, up
to 16 mm. long, not bent from the column.

8. The specimens were actually seen by Brown, Bentham, Domin*

and Hughes, but the accounts of these authors are not in
complete agreement. Brown gives no dimensions. Bentham
gives the length of the glumes as 4 to 5 lines, which is rather
shorter than Domin ’s 11-13 mm., but Bentham may have
deliberately excluded the awnlets. The magnification of
Hughes’s figures is said to be 3; if the magnification is
really 5 the dimensions agree with those given by Domin
and Henrard. Mrs. Chase now writes me that there is a
tracing of Miss Hughes’s original drawings in the United
States National Herbarium ; they are of the same size as the
published figures and are marked by Miss Hughes “5X’?-
Also Henrard calls the lemma “ terete, tubulous,” which
with him1 usually means that the margins of the lemma are
convolute, but Brown states quite clearly that the margins
are involute.

9. Henrard, in discussing Aristida sect. S Hreptachne (R.Br.)

Domin, states that 4 ‘if in Aristida utilis, a species with
distinct but thin lateral awns, those lateral awns disappear*
we have (as to the spikelets) before us the Streptachne
stipoides of R. Brown.”

10. Aristida utilis F.M.Bail. in Queensl. Agric. Journ. xviii. 340

(1907) was described from specimens collected by Mark
Webb near Cooktown, the type-locality of Strepiachne
stipoides. The type consists of old specimens, of which the
lemmas have prominent lateral awns 4-6 mm. long.

11. In more recent years an excellent series of specimens of

Aristida utilis has been collected and a special study made
of the large number of specimens constituting Blake 8149
and 13459. (See plate I, drawn from 8149; figs. 2-12 were
drawn from spikelets from one and the same specimen).

STREPTACHNE R. BROWN AND PHEIDOCHLOA GENUS NOVUM, ETC. 13
These specimens show :

(a) Glumes equal or more or less unequal, in the latter ease
either the upper or the lower glume the longer; all varia-
tions to be seen in one and the same panicle; the length
varies from 9 to 12 mm. in 8149, and 9 to 13-5 mm. in
13459.

(5) Lemma, column and awn nearly in a straight line (in
immature spikelets) to variously bent and geniculate with
respect to one another; lemma shorter than or as long as
the glumes; awn straight or gently curved; the lemma
varies in length from 6-5 to 13 mm. (usually) ; the column
is 4*5-7 mm. long; the (central) awn varies from 9 to
15 mm. long.

(c) The lateral awns vary greatly; when well-developed up
to 4 mm. long, very often greatly reduced or one or both
entirely wanting. Figs. 9-12 of the plate illustrate stages
in the reduction of the lateral awns in different spikelets
from a single specimen; fig. 12 is that described for
Streptachne stipoides R.Br., while fig. 9 represents the
state found in the type of Aristida utilis F.M.Bail.

12. In one and the same panicle of many specimens of particularly
Blake 8149 and 13459 occur spikelets which match those of
the type-specimen of Aristida utilis (figs. 2 and 9) and other
spikelets agreeing with all the available data concerning the
type of Streptachne stipoides (figs. 3 and 12).

From the above data there seems no doubt whatsoever that Aristida
utilis F.M.Bail. and' Streptachne stipoides R.Br. are conspecific. In
general the longer the panicle the greater the tendency to produce
prominently 3-awned lemmas, and the smaller the panicle the greater the
tendency for the greater number of spikelets to have the lateral awns
much reduced or absent. As a rule the panicle is about as long as the
remainder of the culm. It is noteworthy that the panicles of the type
-of Streptachne are according to Bentham 5-6 in. long* while the usual
length in A. utilis is at least twice this.

Banks and Solander were at Endeavour River between June 17tli
and August 5th, 1770, an unfavourable time of the year for collecting
grasses in this region. I visited the area at the same season (July 30th
to August 2nd) in 1943 and found Aristida utilis very abundant, but
the plants had shed nearly all their florets. A search for plants without
lateral awns was undertaken, and it was evident that a considerable
variation occurred. Only a very few specimens in over-mature condition
or with spikelets arrested in development were procurable, and though
some spikelets have very tiny lateral awns there are none with them
entirely absent. The type-specimens of A. utilis from the same locality
were also collected rather late in the season (May). So it is possible
that none of these specimens gives a true idea of the species.

The generic position of the species has now to be considered.
Hughes, l.c., has given sufficient reason for not uniting Streptachne
with Stipa; the absence of an articulation between awn and lemma is
exclusive, besides the frequent presence of lateral awns, which was

* Mrs. Chase writes me that in the United States National Herbarium there is
a tracing of these plants sent by Miss Hughes, and the panicles measure 23 and 24 cm.
long, the two lower branches of each 6-5 and 7 cm. long.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

unknown to her. As Domin, l.c., has pointed out, it is not possible to
separate Streptachne from Aristida on the character of the reduced
lateral awns, as there is a complete series of species in which the lateral
awns are more and more reduced until they completely disappear. He
reduces Streptachne to a section of Apistida. Henrard, op. cit. lviii.
142, discusses the question again and after mentioning some American
species of Aristida referred to Streptachne by Humbold, Bonpland and
Kunth, states “If we compare these species with the genus, described
by Brown, it is impossible to find differences in the spikelet-characters
and we can find transitions between plants with short lateral awns and
others where the lateral awns are quite obsolete and absent”; on p. 143
he goes on “The section Streptachne is not a very natural one and it is
impossible to limit it sharply. It is probably better to unite Streptachne
and Ghaetaria, but for practical reasons I have separated them in this
work. ’ 9

To the above observations it may be added that the general appear-
ance of the species is that of Aristida (as was noted by Brown), the
appearance, texture and nervature of the glumes and lemmas are quite
those of this genus, as is also the structure of the awns. The small
palea and furrowed grain are likewise found in undoubted species of
Aristida. The column is frequently bent away from the lower part
of the lemma, and this feature appears not to be found in other sections
of the genus, but it is not constant even in the type of Streptachne
stipoides. The column of this species is a prolongation of the lemma
proper, with 3 nerves running one into each awn.

There are undoubted species of Aristida in Queensland with such
a column between the body of the lemma and the awns, but all have
unfurrowed lemmas with convolute margins; they are A. psammophila
Henr., A. macroclada Henr., A. Schultzn Mez, A. Warburgii Mez,
A. intricata S. T. Blake, A. latifolia Domin, A. holathera Domin and
A. pernicio&a Domin. Of these A. perniciosa rather closely resembles
Aristida utilis in foliage, in the elongated trailing uppermost internode,
structure of the panicle, and in the texture, nervature and more or less
in the shape of the glumes; the lateral awns, too, are decidedly shorter
than the central awn. The points of resemblance to Aristida are so
many and so important, while the two points of difference — the reduced
lateral awns and the oblique column — are so inconstant in expression,
that there seems no doubt that Domin and Henrard are right in treating
Streptachne stipoides R.Br. as a species of Aristida.

Since Sireptachne stipoides R.Br. and Aristida utilis F.M.Bail. are
to be regarded as conspeeific, the following data must be considered
before it is possible to decide the legitimate name of the species under
Aristida :

1. When Streptachne stipoides is transferred to Aristida the

epithet stipoides becomes illegitimate in the new position
owing to the earlier homonyms Aristida stipoides Lam. Tab.
Encycl. & Meth. 157 (1791) and A. stipoides R.Br. Prodr.
174 (1810).

2. F. Mueller, in Journ. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales xv. 237

(1882) cites Streptachne R.Br. as a synonym of Stipa L. but
without remark and without transferring any species.

STREPTACHNE R. BROWN AND PHE1DOCHLOA GENUS NOVUM, ETC. 15

3. F. Mueller in First Census 133 (1882) has the following entry

under Stipa :

S. Streptachne, F.v.M. in journ. R..S. of N.S.W. 237 (1881) ....

Q.— B.fl. VII, 572,

4. Domin, in Biblioth. Bot. xx. heft 85, 342 (1915) transfers the

species to Aristida as A. streptachne n. nom. citing
Streptachne stipoides R.Br. Prodr. 174 (1810) and Stipa
Streptachne F.Muell. in Journ. & Proc. Roy Soc. N.S. Wales
xiv. 237 (1881)*; First Census 133 (1882) .... etc.

5. Mueller’s reference in the First Census to Journ. & Proc.

N.S. Wales xv. has no nomenclatural significance, for there
is no reference, expressed or implied, to the combination
Stipa Streptachne nor to the species Streptachne stipoides.
The formula “Q. B.fl. VII, 572” in the First Census means
that the species mentioned occurs in Queensland and was
described in Bentham’s Flora Australiensis vii. 572. The
only Queensland plant described by Bentham on this page
is Streptachne stipoides R.Br. where a reference is given to
R.Br. Prodr. 174 f. According to some recent interpreta-
tions of Art. 37 of the International Rules by Airy-Shaw
(Kew Bull. 1938, p. 256) and Sprague (Kew Bull. 1939,
pp. 322-3) Mueller’s formula must be regarded as an
indirect reference to Streptachne stipoides R.Br. Prodr. 174,
and this would validate the publication of the combination
Stipa Streptachne F.Muell.

6. Though Stipa\ Streptachne F.Muell. is a valid combination,

it is illegitimate, since the epithet stipoides should have been
used, this having priority (as an epithet in the required
position) and had not previously been used under Stipa
(Art. 54).

7. According to Art. 60, the publication of an epithet in an

illegitimate combination must not be taken into consideration
for purposes of priority.

8. According to Art. 69, Domin was at liberty to use the epithet

Streptachne when transferring the species to Aristida (since
the epithet stipoides under Aristida would produce an
illegitimate combination, namely a later homonym) though
he was not obliged to do so, hut the combination Aristida
streptachne then has to be treated as a new name (as was
done by Domin), not as a new combination (as was done
by Henrard), so that the date of the epithet would date
from the combination under Aristida , namely 1915.

9. The epithet in Aristida utilis dates from the date of publica-

tion of this combination, namely 1907.

10. So long as Streptachne sJtipoides and Aristida ntiUs are
considered conspecific, Aristida utilis must be accepted as
the legitimate name of the species.

* This volume is xv., the journal for the year 1881, published in 1882, so that
Mueller’s citation of merely the year 1881 is misleading; Domin added the number
of the volume published in 1881, apparently without checking the reference.

t Miss J. W. Vickery drew my attention to this nomenclatural significance of
Mueller’s formula.

16

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Following is the revised synonymy and description of the species:

Aristida utilis F.M.Bail. in Queensl. Agric. Jonrn. xviii. 340
(1907), Compreh. Catal. 622 (1913), but not the reference and figure
in Queensl. Agric. Journ. xxx. 316, t.46 (1913)*; Domin in Biblioth.
Bot. xx. heft 85, 341 and t.15, f. 15-17 (1915) ; Henr. Meded. Rijks Herb.
Leiden liv.B, 651 (1928), lviii. 143-4, t.55 (1929).

Streptachne stipoides R.Br. Prodr. 174 (1810) ; Benth. FI. Austral,
vii. 572 (1878); F.M.Bail. Queensl. FI. vi. 1878 (1902), Compreh.
Catal. 623 (1913) ; Hughes, Kew Bull. 1922, 302 (1922) ; not Aristida
stipoides Lam. nor A. stipoides R.Br.

Stipa Streptachne F.Muell. First Census, 133 (1882), Sec. Census
223 (1889) ; F.M.Bail. Syn. Queensl. FI. 650 (1883), Catal. PI. Queensl.
56 (1890) ; nomen illegit.

Aristida streptachne Domin in Biblioth. Bot. xx. heft 85, 342
(1915). Henr. Meded. Rijks Herb. Leiden liv.B, 597 (1928), lviii. 147,
t.57 (1929).

A closely tufted perennial grass with intravaginal innovations.
Culms usually oblique to more or less straggling, rarely more or
less erect, usually straight in the lower part, including the panicle
usually 6-10 dm. long, very slender, terete, simple or sparsely branched,
3-5-noded, the nodes not prominent, the uppermost internode very long
and up to 45 cm. long, finely striate, scabrid but glabrous, the others more
or less subequal but irregular, densely pilose with appressed rather
long silky hairs. Leaf-sheaths usually shorter or the lowermost longer
than the internodes, tight, terete, striate, minutely scaberulous, sometimes
with a few long fine hairs near the margin in the lower part and the
scarcely prominent nodes, otherwise glabrous; ligule a minutely but
densely ciliolate rim in all about 0-25 mm. long; auricles indistinct,
more or less bearded; collar glabrous, smooth; blades more or less
flexuous with the old ones strongly so and more or less coiled and
persistent, tapering to a filiform point, at first conduplicate-terete, soon
becoming flat or somewhat concave, the upper surface and margins
decidedly scaberulous and sometimes with a few long fine hairs towards
the base, the lower surface less distinctly scaberulous to nearly smooth,
for the most part 10-20 cm. long, 1-1*4 mm. wide, the uppermost often
not much shorter than those below. Panicle long-exserted, rather
scanty, narrow, contracted to rather loose, occupying about half the
length of the plant ; common axis about 5-8-noded, very slender, semi-
terete, striolate, scaberulous below, more scabrous above, glabrous
except for a few hairs (sometimes very short) at the axils of the
branches; primary branches solitary or binate, the longer (when binate)
with the spikelets included about as long as the intemodes of the axis,
filiform-trigonous, suberect or slightly spreading, straight, scabrous,
naked for some distance when binate or if solitary then sparsely divided
from close to the base, up to 8*5 cm. long, each bearing with its divisions
up to about 10 spikelets; pedicels filiform-trigonous, slightly thickened
at tip, scabrous, sometimes with a few long fine white hairs, the lateral
ones about 1*5-5 mm. long, the terminal ones longer, up to 13 mm. long.
Spikelets purplish to pallid, not much gaping. Glumes subequal or
one or the other distinctly the longer though rarely by so much as
2 mm., glabrous, rather firm, straight, narrow-lanceolate, shortly awned,
one or the other or sometimes both narrowly contracted or even minutely

* These notes and figure refer to specimens of A. perniciosa Domin. ,

STREPTACHNE R. BROWN AND PHEIDOCHLOA GENUS NOVUM, ETC. 17

bilobed below the awnlet, otherwise acute, in all 9-13*5 though usually
10-12 mm. long including the awnlet of 1-3 mm. ; lower glume 3- or
sub-5-nerved, finely scabrous on the keel, elsewhere smooth or nearly
so; upper glume 1 -nerved, smooth. Lemma very slender, subcylindrical
in outline, furrowed with involute margins, widest near base and slightly
tapering upwards, finely punctulate, more or less distinctly scabrous
in upper part and passing gradually into the column, together with
the callus usually 7-12 mm. long ; callus very small, about 0*5 mm. long,
obtuse, rather densely bearded with fine hairs up to 1 mm. long.
Column slender, scabrous, twisted, straight in direction, oblique or erect
in relation to the body of the lemma, mostly 4*5-7 mm. long. Central
(or only) awn slender, firm, straight or slightly curved, bent at an angle
from the column, scabrous, mostly 9-15 mm. long; lateral awns
extremely fine, very short, rarely more than 4 mm. though up to 6 mm.
long, frequently minute or one or both .absent. Palea 1 mm. long.
Anthers 1*5 mm. long. Grain grooved throughout) its length, about
5 mm. long and 0*3 mm. wide.

Queensland. — Cook District: Endeavour R., June-August, 1770,
Banks & Solander (type of Streptachne stipoides ; drawings only seen) ;
near Cooktown, May, 1907, Webb (type of Aristida utilis) ; Cooktown,
Pollock ; Cooktown, on rocky hillsides in open forest, July 3,1st, 1943,
Blake 15077 ; Chillagoe, on granite hill-slopes, ca. 1450 ft., April 4th,
1938, Blake 13632; Mt. Molloy, granite hills, 1200 ft., April 11th, 1932,
Brass 2453 ; Mareeba, in rather bare places in Eucalyptus forest, ca.
1300 ft., March 27th, 1938, Blake 13459. North Kennedy District:
Townsville, on Castle Hill, 'on exposed slopes and in Eucalyptus forest,
March 22nd, 1935, Blake 8149, and on Castle Hill on sandy soil in open
forest and on exposed slopes, June 7th, 1934, Blake 5946; between
Stuart and Alligator Creek Meatworks, S. of Townsville, scattered or
in societies, May, 1942, L. S. Smith T.2 ; Yalley Creek near Proserpine,
Michael 915. Port Curtis District: Rosedale, common on summit of
granite mountain, May 10th, 1936, Dovey 829.

New Guinea. — Papua: Near Moresby, in savanna-forest, August,
1944, Hilton.

Under the original description Bailey states that “the long smooth
peduncles are being used in the manufacture of hats’ ’ but the grass is
no longer being thus utilised. In Compreh. Catal. 622, Bailey gives
“hat grass” as a vernacular name. No information is available as to
its value for grazing, but it appears to be but little eaten, and grows
only on poor country.

A. spuria Domin, l.c., 341 (1915), Henr. op. cit. liv.B 585 (1928) and
lviii. 149-50, t.58 (1929) is a species very closely allied to A. utilis show-
ing a parallel degree of reduction of the lateral awns. It differs from
A. utilis by having glabrous intemodes, fine convolute-setaceous leaves,
shorter and more or less erect uppermost internodes, usually shorter
panicle-branches and rather smaller glumes with shorter awnlets. On
the average the glumes are 6-8 mm. long, sub equal or one or the other
very slightly the longer, with awnlets of up to 1 mm., the lower gradually
very acute, the upper acute but somewhat contracted below the awnlet,
the lower prominently 3- or 5-nerved and scabrous on the nerves, the
upper 1 -nerved somewhat scabrous on the nerve ; the lemma is furrowed
with involute margins, usually 8-10 mm. long, rarely slightly longer or
shorter ; the column is mostly 5-7 mm. long, rarely so short as 4 mm. ;

18

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

the central awn is usually 9-13 mm. long, rarely so short as 7 ; the
lateral awns are up to 4 mm. long, but are frequently very much smaller
or insignificant to absent.

The type-specimens were collected by Domin on Castle Hill,
Townsville, in February, 1910, but appear to have been seen by no
other botanist. Henrard has taken White 1614 from the same locality
as belonging to Domin ’s species; Blake 8349, also from the same locality,
agrees. Domin describes the length of the spikelet-parts as follows:
glumes 6-8 mm. ; lemma with callus 6*5-7 mm. ; column about 3*5 to
nearly 4 mm. ; central awn about 7-9*5 mm. ; lateral awns up to 2 mm.
Domin also describes his plants as annual, with the habit of A. arenaria
Gaud. I think that there is no doubt that Henrard is correct in his
interpretation of Domin ’s species, but it would appear that Domin had
young plants with apparently smaller spikelets than usual, or perhaps
they were not quite mature. I have found spikelets with the dimensions
given by Domin, but the great majority have longer lemmas and awns,
with the dimensions given above. The plants are perennial, frequently
with branched culms.

The following collections are represented in the Queensland
Herbarium : —

Queensland. — Burke District : Near source of Poison Creek, about
90 miles N. of Hughenden, in Eucalyptus (box) forest on stony ground,
ca. 2750 ft., April 12th, 1935, Blake 8608. North Kennedy District:
Castle Hill, Townsville, March, 1922, White 1614; Townsville, upper
slopes of Castle Hill, among rocks, 700-1000 ft., March 30th, 1935,
Blake 8349 ; Magnetic Island, on low sandy ridge in Eucalyptus forest,
March 24th, 1935, Blake 8214; Hayman Island, common on hillsides in
open Eucalyptus forest, June 11th, 1934, White 10223. Leichhardt
District : Minerva, N. of Springsure, on open dry ridge on very shallow
stony, reddish-brown silt-loam, ca. 1000 ft., March 8th, 1935, Blake 7971.
Port Curtis District: Rosedale, not uncommon on summit of granite
mountain, May 10th, 1936, Dovey 830. Moreton District : Little Mt.
Edwards, tufted grass very common on bare trachyte slopes and among
stunted Leptospermums, March 30th, 1934, Everist 547 ; Mt. Edwards,
on cliffs above the northern side of the gorge, April 1st, 1934,
Everist 609.

The other species which have been referred to Streptachne have
been discussed by Hughes, l.c., p. 303. To these remarks it should be
added that S. ramosissima (Trin.)Trin. and S. verticillata (Nees)Trin.
& Rupr. rightly belong to the genus Stipa as was pointed out by
Henrard, op. cit. lviii. 142, and not to Muelilenbergia as indicated by
Hughes, l.c., nor to Dichelachne as earlier suggested by Hughes, op. cit.
1921, 28 (1921). Of the American species, I have seen specimens of
Aristida ternipes Cav. ( Streptachne scabra H.B.K., S. tenuis H.B.K.),
A. jorullensis Kunth ( Streptachne pilosa H.B.K.) and the comparable
A. Orcuttiana Yasey. These represent an evolutionary trend of reduc-
tion from characteristic species of Aristida sect. Chaetaria parallel to
what has taken place in the Australian group. The groups from the
two continents are not particularly closely allied, and, for that matter,
A. Orcuttiama appears not to be very closely allied to the other two
American species.

Streptachne indica Buese ex De Yriese, PI. Ind. Bat. Or. 99 (1856),
Miq. FI. Ind. Bat. iii. 751 (1859), from Java, was not mentioned by
Domin, Hughes or Henrard, and I have found no further clue to its

STREPTACHNE R. BROWN AND PHEIDOCHLOA GENUS NOVUM, ETC. 19

identity. The characters given (taken from Miquel, l.c., apparently
a copy of the original description) of “nodis pilosis/’ “spiculae basi
fasciculo piiorum orevium cinctae, ” “valvula inferior glumis paullo
brevior leviter bidentata et in aristam scabram .... terminata,”
suggest a relationship remote from the species discussed above, and in
the absence of the type-specimens it is useless to guess at what it might
be. There is no mention of it in Koorders’ Exkursionsflora von Java
(1912).

Four points arise from the inquiry into the nomenclature of
& Ureptachne stipoides under Aristida.

1. It does seem unfortunate that illegitimate though valid names
are excluded from considerations of priority. A more logically practical
method of dealing with matters of priority would seem to be along the
lines suggested by Furtado (particularly in Gardens’ Bull., Straits
Settlements, xi. 1-30: 1939), according to which names are classified
according to validity, priorability and legitimacy. Validly published
names may be priorable whether they are legitimate or not, and on
transfer to another genus the oldest valid epithet priorable in the new
position must be employed and such a transfer becomes a new
combination. If such a procedure were incorporated in the Inter-
national Rules, Stipa Streptachne would be a priorable name, although
illegitimate and its epithet would have to be taken into consideration
when the species is transferred to Aristida. It would be then compul-
sory to use this epithet (dating from 1882) and the resulting new
combination A. Streptachne (F.Muell.) Domin would be the legitimate
name for the species.

2. Art. 44 states that 4 ‘The name of a species .... is not validly
published unless it is accompanied (1) by a description of the group,
or (2) by the citation of a previously and effectively published
description of the group under another name, or (3) by a plate or
figure with analyses showing essential characters; .... ” The
publication of the name of the species Streptachne stipoides does not
conform to any of these conditions, for, as previously stated, (p. 11),
the name is merely listed after the description of the genus. Yet the
publication is quite unequivocal, is far more satisfying than many a
“citation of a previously and effectively published description” and
nobody seems ever to have questioned the validity of this form of
publication. Art. 5 — “In the absence of a relevant rule .... estab-
lished custom must be followed” — can be invoked, but surely such a
case should be definitely covered by the Rules.

3. In the Rules, no limits are set as to the interpretation of a
“citation of a previously and effectively published description/’ In
the case of Stipa Streptachne F.Muell., validity is allowed merely
because no other Queensland plant happens to be described on the cited
page of the Flora Australiensis. Can a reference be valid if no name
of a taxonomic group is cited ? or again if there is no reference to the
original description of a group ?

4. Should validity be denied to the combination Stipa Streptachne
F.Muell. in First Census, 133, on the grounds of absence of description
and imperfect reference, attention must be paid to F. M. Bailey s Syn.
Queensl. FI. 650 (1883), where under Stipa four sentences evidently
taken from Bentham’s description of Streptachne stipoides follow the
name S. Streptachne F.v.M. There is no other reference. According

D

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

to the letter of Art. 44, the provision of this description would validate
the publication of the name Stipa Streptaclme, but the position then
arises that the publication of a name can be validated by reason of
author having published a “ description” of a species of which he had
seen no specimen.

Pheidochloa 8. T. Blake ; genus novum affine Eriachnae R.Br., a
qua gluma superiore inferiore duplo longiore, anthoeciis subteretibus
antice profunde sulcatis callo angusto pungente praeditis, caryopsi
angusta marginibus incurva itaque sulcata, culmi internodio penultimo
brevissimo praecipue differt.

Spicillae a latere compressae, ambitu anguste lanceolatae, aristatae,
vel in racemo vel in ramis paniculae depauperatae ortae; rhachilla
brevis glabra, supra glumas et inter anthoecia disarticulans, supra haec
haud producta. Anthoecia 2, contigua, a glumis obtecta, bisexualia,
anguste fusiformia, antice sulcata; callus angustus, pungens, barbatus,
pro ratione longus. Glumae persistentes, valde inaequales superior
duplo longior, a latere visae oblique lanceolatae, acutae, muticae, vix
carinatae, dorso herbaceo-membranaceae manifeste 7-nerves, marginibus
hyalinae . Lemmata subsimilia, subteretia marginibus involuta,

explanata oblonga obtusa, tenuiter cartilaginea, tenuiter 7-nervia, plus
minusve pubescentia, apice integra in aristam longam scabram leviter
flexuosam haud tortam desinentia. Paleae lineares, hyalinae, manifeste
biearinatae. Lodiculae 2, parvae, angustissime lineares, hyalinae.
Stamina 2. Ovarium glabrum; styli distincti; stigmata plumosa, haud
exserta. Ca^yopsis linearis marginibus incurva itaque antice sulcata;
scutellum A caryopseos aequilongum ; hilum lineare caryopsi fere
aequilongum. — Gramm* annuum, gracillimum, caespitosum, parVum;
culmi sursum ramosi, internodio penultimo brevissimo ; foliorum laminae
setaceae, convolutae, prope basin angusta tae, 7-nerves; ligulae ad seriem
ciliorum brevium redactae.

Species unica, Queenslandiae tropicae incola.

Pheidochloa gracilis S. T. Blake ; species nova, aclhuc unica.

Gramen annuum, usque ad 30 cm. altum. Culmi fasciculati,
filiformes, plus minusve flexuosi, obliqui vel erecti, plerumque 3-5-nodes
raro 2- vel 6-nodes, glabri laevesque, e nodis superioribus ramosi, inter-
nodio penultimo quam ceteris (imo interdum excepto) breviore. Folia
pauca ; vaginae arctiusculae vel sursum admodum hiantes, teretes,
striatae, glabrae, laeves, internodiis breviores vel superiores multo
breviores; ligulae ad marginem brevissime ciliolatum redactae; laminae
setaceae, convolutae, suberectae, strictae vel plus minusve recurvae,
basin versus angustatae atque vaginis multo angustiores, 0*3-4 cm.
longae, usque ad 0*5 mm. latae vel explanatae usque ad 0*9 mm. latae,
apice obtusae, 7-nerves nervis subtus prominulis, marginibus incrassatae,
subtus pilis paucis longis tenuibus e tuberculis ortis pro more ad
margines prope basin praeditae, ceterae glabrae laevesque. Inflores -
centia paniculata vel racemosa e spiculis 2-6 constructs, aristis exclusis
1-5-3-2 cm. longa, longe exserta; axis communis, ramis (ubi adsint),
pedicellique trigono-filiformes, parce ciliata ; rami infra pedicellos
brevissimi, erecti ; pedicelli sub apice leviter incrassati, erecti, terminates
usque ad 5 mm. longi. Spiculae lineari-lanceolatae, tandem leviter
hiantes, aristis exclusis 10-13 mm. longae, erectae appressaeque.
Glumae pallidae, acutae, muticae, prominule 7-nerves, glabrae, laeves;
inferior anguste ovata, 4*5-5 mm. longa; superior duplo longior, lanceo-
lata, 9-11 mm. longa. Anthoecia contigua, lineari-fusiformia, antice

STREPTACHNE r. brown and pheidochloa genus novum, etc. 21

profunde sulcata. Lemmata pallida dorso lateribusque in majore parte
breviter pubescentia, apicem versus glabra, nervis nonnullis saepe
breviter setosa, eallo incluso 3*7-4*5 mm, longa; callus angustissimus
pungens, breviter barbatus, 1-1*1 mm. longus; arista purpurea, basi
admodum constricta, setacea, admodum applanata, 3*3-3*8 cm. longa.
Paleae muticae lemmatibus subaequilongae, inter carinas elevatas
planae, glabrae. Anther ae ovatae, minimae, 0*15-0*2 mm. longae.
Lodiculae 0*5 mm. longae, tenuissimae. Caryopsis linearis, dorso convexa,
2 mm. longa.

Queensland. — Cook District : About 40 miles N.W. of Mungana, in
Melaleuca forest on fine whitish sand, abundant, April 8th, 1938, Blake
13732 (type) ; N. of Chillagoe, near Walsh R, in dwarf Mdaleuca
forest on sand, ca. 1000 ft., April 2nd, 1938, Blake 13592.

A delicate annual grass (plate II) with filiform culms, short
setaceous leaves and long-exserted inflorescences of few, 2-flowered
spikelets with long purple awns. Most culms bear a short floriferous
branch from the penultimate node (topmost but one) ; the intemode
above (penultimate internode) is much shorter than those immediately
below, often the shortest on the culm, and this feature gives a peculiar
facies to the plant. Occasionally a branch is also borne at the ante-
penultimate node, and in this case the antepenultimate internode is
rather shorter than the one immediately below, though much longer
than the penultimate. The inflorescence, when consisting of up to
4 spikelets, is a raceme, but when 5 or 6 spikelets are present the lower
one or two branches bear a shortly pedicellate lateral spikelet, so that a
depauperate panicle is the result.

On account of the 2-flowered spikelets and the lemmas with a
single terminal bristle-like awn this new genus is most closely allied to
Eriachne R.Br., but the extraordinarily elongated upper glume (twice
as long as the lower), the subterete florets deeply furrowed in front
and with a pungent slender callus, the prominently inrolled (not merely
incurved) margins of the lemma, the elevated keels of the palea and
the peculiar very narrow grain are all quite distinctive features. The
grain of Eriachne , so far as has been ascertained, is more or less obovate
in outline and flat or nearly so on the anterior face. In E. meUcacea
F.Muell. the grain appears to be constantly concave along the anterior
face, but it is very different from that of Pheidochloa which has the
margins incurved leaving a very deep furrow and giving a crescentic-
reniform appearance in transverse section. The lodicules are extremely
fine and delicate. The anthers are extraordinarily small and are always
to be found tangled up with the stigmatic hairs in mature spikelets;
the spikelets are very evidently cleistogamous. Small anthers associated
with cleistogamy have been found in Eriachne triseta Nees, E. Armitii
F.Muell. ex Benth., and E. stipavea F.Muell. var. hirsuta Hartley.
Most species of this genus have relatively large anthers which are
laterally exserted during anthesis ; they are usually 3 in number, though
2 only in some of the small species such as E. ciliata R.Br. and E. fili-
fonnis Hartley. Vegetatively Pheidochloa differs from Eriachne (except
E. Dominii Hartley) in the very short penultimate internode of the
culm and in that the leaf-blade is decidedly narrowed to the base from
shortly above, but this latter character is not readily discernible unless
the leaf-blade is artificially unrolled and flattened out.

The position of the genus in the family is not clear, though Eriachne
has usually been placed in the Aveneae. C. E. Hubbard (Hook Ic. PI.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

under t.3418: 1940) has pointed out that the Aveneae may be divided
into two groups distinguished partly on the nature of the awn. In the
typical group ( Aveneae subtribe Euaveneae Beck) the awn is dorsal
and its column often subterete, or at least not flattened or laterally
winged. The column is formed by the continuation of the middle nerve
and not by the splitting of the lemma into three segments. On the
other hand, in the second group ( Aveneae subtribe Danthomeae Beck),
the lemmas are usually two-lobed, and the awn when present arises in
the sinus of the lobe. Here the column of the awn is flattened and its
formation is due to the gradual splitting of the apex of the lemma
into three segments.

Eriachne and Pheidochloa differ from each of these groups, for in
these genera the awn is a continuation of the fusion of all the nerves
of the unlobed lemma, and perhaps they are as well placed in the
Festuceae.

The name Pheidochloa is derived from </>eiSos“, sparing, thrifty;
and yAoa grass. It refers to the scanty inflorescence, 2-flowered
spikelets, the two minute anthers and the very fine and thin lodieules.

Both collections are from similar types of country — ill-drained
sandy land supporting an open dwarf -tree community of Melaleuca spp.
associated with chiefly small annual grasses and Cyperaceae belonging
to the genera Eriachne, Ectrosia, Heterachne, Schdzach yri u m,
Thaumastochloa and Fimbristylis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I. — Aristida wtilis F.M.Bail. drawn from Blake 8149; figs. 2-12 from

same specimen.

Fig. 1, plant, natural size; 2, 3, spikelets, X 3, tlie former with “normal77
glum.es and well-developed lateral awns, the latter with ‘‘inverse77 glumes and the
lateral awns absent; 4-8, details of spikelet, X 6: — 4, 5, glume tips from two
spikelets, a, upper, and h, lower; 6, lemma, front view; 7, palea; 8, flower with
lodieules separated; 9-12, top of column with base of awn, from four spikelets,
showing variation in development of lateral awns, X 15.

Plate II. — Pheidochloa gracilis S. T. Blake, gen. nov., sp. nov., drawn from

Blake 13732 (type).

Fig. 1, plant, natural size’ 2, ligule with top of leaf-sheath partly flattened and
base of blade; 3, spikelet; 4, lower glume; 5, upper glume; 6, florets, side view,
greater part of awns removed; 7, 8, floret from front and back respectively;
9, lemma, expanded, from the back; 10, palea from in front; 11, flower with the
lodieules separated; 12, 13, grain from back and front respectively; 14, transverse
section of grain; 15, diagram of spikelet. — Fig. 3X3; figs. 2, 4-14 X 8.

Proc. Eoy. Soc. Q’land, Vol. LVIv No. 2. Plate I.

Afistida utilis F.M.Bail.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, Vo<l. LVL, No. 2.

Plate II.

Pheidocbloa gracilis S. T. Blake, gen. nov., sp. nov.

Vol. LVI., No. 3.

23

SOME PERMIAN FORAMINIFERA FROM
EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

By Irene Crespin, B.A., Commonwealth Palaeontologist,

Mineral Resources Survey Branch, Canberra.

(With Plate III.)

Communicated by 0. Jones, M.Sc.

( Received 24 th April, 1944; read before the Royal Society of Queensland ,
31 st July 3 1944; issued separately, 5th February, 1945.)

INTRODUCTION.

Recent investigations of the Permian rocks of Queensland and
New South Wales have shown that microfossils are well distributed in
them. Permian foraminifera have been described by Howchin (1893,
1895), Chapman and Howchin (1905), Etheridge Junr. (1906), Parr
(1940) and Crespin and Parr (1940), from deposits in New South
Wales, Tasmania, Western Australia and Northern Territory, but none
has been previously listed from Queensland.

Four new species are described in the present paper and notes
are given on previously described forms. The Queensland material
examined includes rocks collected by Dr. K. Washington Cray during
his investigations in the Springsure area for Commonwealth Oil
Refineries Ltd., from rocks collected from the same area by geologists
of Oil Search Limited, and from cores and cuttings from the Arcadia
Bore, 84 miles north of Roma. The New South Wales specimens are
mainly from rock collections made by Dr. Washington Cray and
geologists of Oil Search Limited, in the Hunter River District, and drill
cuttings from the Kulnura Bore, parish Kooree, county Northumber-
land (Raggatt and Crespin, 1940).

In Queensland, the foraminifera occur in beds belonging to the
Middle Bowen and Lower Bowen Series, and in New South Wales to
the Upper Marine and Lower Marine Series.

The state of preservation of the tests varies, many of them being
crushed and distorted. Some are brownish in colour, while those from
the carbonaceous shales in the Kulnura Bore are almost black.

The new species of foraminifera herein described are: — Nodosaria
serocoldensis, Nodosaria spring suren sis, Dentalina grayi, and Frondicu-
laria parri.

e

24

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

All specimens are in the Commonwealth Palaeontological Collec-
tion at Canberra. The plate accompanying this paper has been prepared
by Mr. F. Canavan, M.Sc., of the Mineral Resources Survey, Canberra.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

Genus HYPERAMMINOIDES Cushman and Waters, 1928.

Hyperamminoides acicula Parr, (PL III., Fig. 1.)

Hyperamminoides sp. cf. proteus (Cushman and Waters), Crespin and
Parr, 1940, p. 301, pi. xii, figs. 4 a, b; 5 a-c.

Hyperamminoides acicula Parr, 1940, p. 105, pi. i, figs. 4, 5; pi. ii, fig. 4.

Observations. — H. acicida is the commonest foraminiferal species
in the Permian rocks of Australia, but few complete tests are available.
The figured specimen from the Springsure district, Queensland, is
incomplete. It is a slender form and resembles that figured by Parr
(pi. 1, fig. 5, 1940) from the Lingula beds, Wandagee Station, Western
Australia. The majority of specimens from Eastern Australia are
stouter and usually more flattened than the type. Length of plesiotype,
1.21 mm. ; greatest width, 0.22 mm.

Occurrence. — Plesiotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 271) : Dry Creek,
“Inglelara” property, Springsure, Queensland (Middle Bowen Series).
Other Localities. — Queensland. Middle Bowen Series: lower part of
exposure, Argus’s Selection, Springsure; Arcadia Bore, at 2,070-2,075
feet. Lower Bowen Series: Aldbaran Creek, 4 miles N.E. of Mt.
Catherine, 30 miles W. of Rolleston; Watershed between Little Gorge
and Cabbage Tree Creeks near Springsure; 3 miles from Cracow on
road to Theodore.

Neiv South Wales. Upper and Lower Marine Series: localities in
the Hunter River District listed by Crespin and Parr (1940). Upper
Marine Series : Balmain Bore, City of Sydney, between 4,750 and 4,845
feet ; Kulnura Bore at various depths between 3,865 feet and 4,465 feet ;
Bore J, Coorabin, 55 miles N.W. of Albury, at 384 feet.

Lower Marine Series: Kulnura Bore, between 4,790 feet and 6,019

feet.

Genus AMMODISCUS Reuss, 1816.

Ammodiscus multicinctus Crespin and Parr (PI. Ill, Fig. 2.).

Ammodiscus multicinctus (Crespin and Parr, 1940, p. 303, pi. xii,
figs, la, b.

Observations. — This small species of Ammodiscus was described
from beds belonging to the Lower Marine Series, in a railway cutting
4 chains west of Farley Station, Hunter River District, New South Wales.
The species is well represented in other Permian deposits in that district
and also in those around Springsure, Queensland. The figured specimen
is from this latter area. Diameter of plesiotype : 0.52 mm.

some Permian foeaminifeea from eastern Australia.

25

Occurrence. — Plesiotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 272) : Cattle Creek
below Waterfall, 14 miles S.E. from Springsure, Queensland (Lower
Bowen Series).

Other Localities. — Queensland. Middle Bowen Series: Dry Creek,
‘‘Inglelara” property, Springsure; Gully on Argus’s Selection, Spring-
sure; Arcadia Bore, 2,070-2,075 feet. Lower Bowen Series: Staircase
Gully below old Rolleston road cutting: 3 miles from Cracow on road
to Theodore.

New South Wales. Upper and Lower Marine Series: localities in
the Hunter River District listed by Crespin and Parr (1940). Upper
Marine Series: Kulnura Bore at 4,020 feet.

Genus CALCITORNELLA Cushman and Waters, 1928.
Calcitornella stephensi (Howchin) (PL III, Fig. 3.).
Cornuspira sp. Jones, 1882, p. 6.

Nubecularia lucifuga Defrance var. stephensi Howchin, 1894, p. 345,

PI. xa, xi a.

Nubecularia stephensi Chapman and Howchin, 1905, p. 5, pi. i, figs. 1, 2 ;
Etheridge Junr., 1907, p. 13, pi. xii, fig. 11.

Calcitornella stephensi Chapman, Howchin and Parr, 1934, p. 187;
Parr 1940, p. 108.

Observations. — C. stephensi was originally described by Howchin
from a limestone at Piper River, Tasmania, where it is recorded as being
“ extremely abundant.” It is also a common form in the Permian rocks
in Western Australia. Etheridge Junr. records the species from a bore
at Port Keats, Northern Territory, at the depth of 555-574 feet, where
it is associated with abundant bryozoa and brachiopoda fragments. The
specimen figured in this paper illustrates the surface that has been
attached to the rock matrix. Greatest diameter, 1.12 mm.

Occurrence. — Plesiotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 273) : Pokolbin,
Hunter River district, New South Wales (Lower Marine Series). Other
Localities. — Queensland. Lower Bowen Series : Mt. Hope, 20 miles
S. of Springsure ; N. bank of Cattle Creek, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure,
in shelly mudstone ; in Cattle Creek below Waterfall, near Springsure.

New South Wales. Lower Marine Series: Hunter River District. —
Cranky Corner; Road Cutting, Jackson’s Hill.

Tasmania. Lower Marine Series: Piper River, N.W. of Karoola.

Genus AMMOBACULITES Cushman, 1910.

Ammobaculites woolnoughi Crespin and Parr (PI. III., Fig. 4).

Ammobaculites woolnokighi Crespin and Parr, 1940, p. 304, pi. xii. figs
2a, b; 3 a, b. Parr, 1940-1941, p. 108, pi. i., fig. 11.

26

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Observations . — The figured specimen is identical with the type which
was described from the beds along the Farley road, 300 yards N.E. of
Farley Station, Hunter River District, New South Wales. Parr has
also recorded the species from the Wandagee beds in Western Australia.
The Queensland specimens are slightly crushed, but are definitely
referable to A. woolnoughi. Length of plesiotype, 1.10 mm. ; greatest
width of coiled portion, 0.54 mm.

Occurrence. — Plesiotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 274) : McDougall’s
Hill, Singleton, Hunter River District, New South Wales (Upper Marine
Series) . Other Localities. — Queensland. Middle Bowen Series : Arcadia
Bore, at 2,335-2,340 feet. Lower Bowen Series: Cattle Creek, below
Waterfall, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure; Aldbaran Creek, 4 miles N.E. of
Mt. Catherine, 30 miles W. of Rolleston.

New South Wales. Upper and Lower Marine Series: localities in
the Hunter River District listed by Crespin and Parr (1940).

Genus NODOSARIA Lamarck, 1812.

Nodosaria springsurensis sp. nov. (PI. III., Fig. 5).

Holotype. — Test elongate, gently tapering, greatest width near
apertural end, circular in transverse section. Chambers, six; sutures
distinct, depressed. Test covered with about 16 raised longitudinal
costae, which extend over the length of the shell. Aperture central,
terminal, radiate. Length, 1-62 mm. ; greatest width, 0-39 mm.

Observations. — N. springsurensis is described from a single well-
preserved specimen. The ornamentation is much coarser than in
N. irwinensis Howchin and slightly coarser than N. striato-clavata
Spandel which has 20 costae.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 275) : In Cattle Creek
below Waterfall, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland (Lower
Bowen Series).

Nodosaria serocoldensis sp. nov. (PI. III., Fig. 6).

Holotype. — Test elongate, smooth, tapering, greatest width in
apertural chamber, circular in transverse section. Chambers six,
apertural chamber large, others gradually decreasing in size. Sutures
indistinct, straight. Aperture small, central, radiate, terminal. Test
white. Length, 1.02 mm. ; greatest width, 0.43 mm.

Paratype. — Test elongate, longer than holotype. Margins parallel
for two-thirds of length then tapering sharply to aboral end. Chambers
seven, decreasing in size from apertural end. Sutures indistinct, straight.
Aperture central, radiate, terminal. Test brown. Length, 1.21 mm.;
greatest width, 0.42 mm.

Observations. — N. serocoldensis resembles the Tertiary and Recent
species N. radicida Linne, in general shape, but differs in the more acute

SOME PERMIAN FORAMINIFERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

27

tapering towards the aboral end and the less impressed sutures. Several
specimens of the species are present in the Kulnura Bore, but they are
smaller than the Queensland ones.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 276) and Paratype
(Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 277) : Cattle Creek below Waterfall, 14 miles
S.E. of Springsure, Queensland (Lower Bowen Series).

Other Localities. — New South Wales. Upper Marine Series :
Kulnura Bore, at 3,846 feet and 3,884 feet.

Genus DENT ALINA D’Orbigny, 1826.

Dentalina grayi sp. nov., (PI. III., Fig. 8).

Holotype. — Test small, elongate, slender, gently curved and tapering,
with greatest width in apertural chamber. Chambers seven, slightly
inflated and gradually increasing in size towards apertural end. Sutures
distinct, straight, depressed. Aperture terminal, radiate. Length,
0.75 mm. ; greatest width, 0.17 mm.

Observations. — Dentalina grayi is described from a single well-
preserved specimen. It differs from D. bradyi Spandel, recorded by
Chapman and Howchin from a limestone at Wollong, New South Wales,
in its more slender appearance. The species has been named after
Dr. K. Washington Gray, who collected the material during his
investigations in the Springsure area.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 278) : Lower part of
the exposure on Argus’s Selection, Springsure, Queensland (Middle
Bowen Series.).

Genus FRONDICULARIA Defrance, 1826.

Frondicularia parri sp. nov., (PI. III., Figs. 9, 10, 11).

Holotype. — Test elongate, compressed, with greatest width near
apertural end ; earlier portion tapering sharply, sides of later portion
almost parallel. Aboral and subacute. Peripheral margin rounded.
Chambers ten. Sutures distinct, marked by clear shell matter, acutely
arched along medium line. Wall ornamented with distinct irregular,
longitudinal raised costae, extending over whole of test. Aperture small,
terminal. Length, 0.80 mm. ; greatest width, 0.28 mm.

Paratypes. — (a) Test shorter than holotype and tapering more
evenly. The costae are irregular and slightly coarser, with a tendency
to divide. Chambers distinct. Sutures strongly arched along median
line. Length, 0.64 mm. ; greatest width, 0.30 mm.

(b) Test broad, widest near aperture, and tapering strongly to
aboral end. Sutures arched but obscured by surface ornament. Chambers
also obscured. Costae coarse with a tendency to anastomose from the
median line. Length, 0.77 mm. ; greatest width, 0.42 mm.

28

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Observations. — Frondicularia parri shows considerable variation in
external form, a character which is also marked in F. woodwardi
Howchin. This variation is illustrated in the figured specimens. The
species resembles in costation a form described by Cushman and Waters
(1928) as Spandelina fissicostata. In both species the costae are
irregular and anastomosing, a feature especially noticeable in para-
type ( b ). The costae in the holotype are finer than in S. fissicostata
and the periphery is rounder. The same variation in shape is apparent
in both species. F. parri is fairly common in the Kulmura Bore, but
is rare in the Queensland deposits. The species is named after
Mr. W. J. Parr of the Victorian Mines Department.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 279) and Paratypes
(Comm. Pal. Coll. Nos. 280, 281) : Kulnura Bore, parish Kooree, county
Northumberland, New South Wales, at 4,203 feet (Upper Marine Series).

Other Localities. — Queensland. Lower Bowen Series: Watershed
between Little Gorge and Cabbage Tree Creeks, near Springsure ; North
bank of Cattle Creek, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure.

New South Wales. Upper Marine Series: Kulnura Bore at 4,020,
4,123, 4,173 and 4,268 feet.

Frondicularia woodwardi Howchin, (PI. III., Figs. 12, 13).
Frondicularia sp. Howchin 1894, p. 336.

Frondicularia woodwardi Howchin 1895, p. 197, pi. x., figs. 4-6; Chapman
and Howchin 1905, p. 16, pi. iii., fig. 2.

Observations. — Howchin described this species from the Irwin River,
Western Australia, Numerous specimens are present in the Permian
deposits of Queensland and New South Wales. The Queensland
specimens are well developed. The figured ones are from the Springsure
area, and illustrate the variability of the species. Lengths of plesiotypes :

(a) 1.63 mm.; (b) 0.97 mm.

Occurrence. — Plesiotypes (Comm. Pal. Coll. Nos. 282, 283) ; (a) In
Cattle Creek below Waterfall, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland.

(b) Mt. Hope, 20 miles S. of Springsure (Lower Bowen Series).

Other Localities. — Queensland. Lower Bowen Series : “Eurydesma”
beds in “Ironbark” or Little Gorge Creek, near Springsure; Watershed
between Little Gorge and Cabbage Tree Creeks, Springsure; 3 miles
from Cracow on road to Theodore ; 2.5 miles from Mantuan Downs,
Springsure road.

New South Wales. Upper Marine Series: Kulnura Bore, at 3,840,
3,865, and 4,203 feet. Lower Marine Series : Hunter River District —
Road Cutting, Jackson’s Hill, Pokolbin.

SOME PERMIAN FORAMINIFERA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

29

Genus GEINITZINA Spandel, 1901.

Geinitzina triangularis Chapman and Howchin (PI. III., Figs. 14, 15).

Geinitzina triangularis Chapman and Howchin, 1905, p. 16, pi. ii.,
figs. 9 a, b; 10. Chapman, Howchin and Parr, 1934, p. 181, text
figs. 1-5.

Observations. — The specimens of G. triangularis figured in this paper
are from material from Pokolbin, the type locality for the species,
collected by Dr. G. D. Osborne for Oil Search Ltd. They illustrate the
megalospheric and microspheric forms of the species. The microspheric
form is longer than the megalospheric and the chambers in the early
stages are very small and numerous. In another microspheric specimen
which is incomplete a terminal spine is present in the earliest portion.
All tests are well polished. Length of topotypes: (a) 1.01 mm,;
( b ) 0.73 mm.

Occurrence. — Topotypes (Comm. Pal. Coll. Nos. 284, 285) :

(a) microspheric, (6) megalospheric — Pokolbin, Hunter River District,
New South Wales (Lower Marine Series).

Other Localities. — Queensland. Lower Bowen Series: North bank
of Cattle Creek, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure; Cattle Creek below
Waterfall, near Springsure; Mt. Hope, 20 miles S. of Springsure; 2.5
miles from Mantuan Downs, on Springsure road; 3 miles from Cracow
on road to Theodore.

REFERENCES.

Chapman, F., and Howchin, W., 1905 : A Monograph of the Foraminifera of the

Permo-Carboniferous Limestones of New South Wales. Mem-. Geol. Surv.
N.S. Wales Pal. 14, pis. 1-4.

and Parr, W. J., 1934: A Revision of the Nomenclature of the

Permian Foraminifera of New South Wales. Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 47, (1),
N.S. pp. 175-189. Text figures.

Crespin, I., 1943 : Permian Foraminifera from a Bore at Coorabin, New South

Wales. AuM. Journ. Sci. 6, (2), p. 65.

-., and Parr, W. J., 1940: Arenaceous Foraminifera from the Permian

Rocks of New South Wales. Journ. Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales 74,
pp. 300-311, pis. 12-13.

Cushman, J. A., and Waters, J. A., 1928 : Upper Paleozoic Foraminifera from
Sutton County, Texas. Journ Pal. 2, (4), pp. 358-371, pis. 47-49.

Howchin, W., 1894: On the Occurrence of Foraminifera in the Permo-earboniferous

Rocks of Tasmania. Australas. Ass. Adv. Sci. Adelaide Meeting (1893),
pp. 334-348, pis. 10, 11.

■., 1895: Carboniferous Foraminifera of Western Australia, with

Description of New Species. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 19, pi. 10.

Jones, T. R., 1882: Catalogue of the Fossil Foraminifera in the Museum (Natural

History), London.

Parr, W. J., 1940: Foraminifera and a Tubiculous Worm from the Permian of the

North-west Division of Western Australia. Journ. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 27,
pp. 97-111, pis. 1, 2.

Raggatt, H. G., and Crespin, I., 1940: Possibility of Heavy-Mineral Correlation

of Some Permian Sedimentary Rocks, New South Wales, by Dorothy Carroll.
Discussion. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol. 24, pp. 1682-1683.

., 1941: Geological Notes on Natural Gas and Oil Corporation’s Bore

at Balmain, City of Sydney, New South Wales. Aust. Journ. Sci. 4, (3),
pp. 102, 103.

30

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. — Hyperamminoides aoicula Parr. Dry Creek, ‘ ‘ Inglelara ’ ’ property, Spring-
sure, Queensland. Plesiotype, x 30.

Fig. 2. — Ammodiscus multioinctus Crespin and Parr. Cattle Creek below Waterfall,
near Springsure, Queensland. Plesiotype, x 40.

Fig. 3. — Calcitornella stephensi (Howchin). Pokolbin, Hunter River District, New
South Wales. Showing surface that has been attached to rock. Plesiotype,
x 30.

Fig. 4. — Ammobaculites icoolnouglii Crespin and Parr. McDougall’s Hill, Singleton,
New South Wales. Plesiotype, x 30.

Fig. 5. — Nodosaria spring surensis sp. nov. Cattle Creek below Waterfall, near
Springsure, Queensland. Holotype, x 30.

Fig. 6. — Nodosaria serocoldensis sp. nov. Cattle Creek below Waterfall, near
Springsure, Queensland. Holotype, x 30.

Fig. 7. — N. serocoldensis sp. nov. Locality same as holotype. Paratype, x 30.

Fig. 8. — Bentalina grayi sp. nov. Lower part of exposure on Argus’s Selection,
Springsure, Queensland. Holotype, x 40.

Fig. 9. — Frondicularia parri sp. nov. Kulnura Bore, New South Wales, at 4,203 feet.
Holotype, x 40.

Fig. 10. — F. parri sp. nov. Locality same as holotype. Paratype, x 40.

Fig. 11. — F. parri sp. nov. Locality same as holotype. Paratype. Showing irregular
character of striae, x 40.

Fig. 12. — F. woodwardi Howchin. Cattle Creek below Waterfall, near Springsure,
Queensland. Plesiotype, x 30.

Fig. 13. — F. woodwardi Howchin. Mt. Hope, 20 miles S. of Springsure, Queensland.
Plesiotype, x 30.

Fig. 14. — Geinitsina triangularis Chapman and Howchin. Pokolbin, New South
Wales. Microspheric form. Topotype, x 30.

Fig. 15. — G. triangularis Chapman and Howchin. Pokolbin. Megalospheric form.
Topotype, x 30.

Plate III,

Proc. Eoy. Soc. Q’land., Yol. LVL, No. 3.

Permian Foraminifera from Eastern Australia,

Vol. LVI., No. 4.

PERMIAN OSTRACODA FROM EASTERN

AUSTRALIA.

Bv Irene Crespin, B.A., Commonwealth Palaeontologist,
Mineral Resources Survey Branch, Canberra, A.C.T.

(With Plate IY.)

Communicated by 0. Jones, M.Sc.

{Received 24 th April, 1944 ; read before the Royal Society of Queensland,
31 st July, 1944; issued separately, 5th February, 1945.)

INTRODUCTION.

Only four species of ostracoda have been previously recorded from
the Permian rocks of Eastern Australia. Three species were described
from New South Wales by Chapman (1920), namely Leper ditia
prominens from Farley and the Caledonian Shaft at Cessnock, at
200 feet, Primitia dunii from the Caledonian Shaft and Jonesina
etheridgei from Farley, and one Entomia jonesi by de Koninck (1898)
from the Muree Sandstone. The genera Bairdia, Healdia and Cavellina
were recently recognised by the writer in samples of ‘ ‘ Fenestella Shale ’ ’
from an open cut on Barossa road which joins Lenah Valley with
Tolossa Street, Glenorchy, Tasmania, but the specimens were too poorly
preserved for specific determination. Considerable investigation has
been carried out on the ostracoda in America and the well illustrated
publications form an excellent basis for comparison with the Australian
forms.

The species herein discussed are from the Kulnura Bore, parish
Kooree, county Northumberland, and from surface samples from the
Hunter River District in New South Wales, and from surface sections
in the Springsure area in Queensland. All the ostracoda are associated
with a typical foraminiferal assemblage, including Hyperamminoides
acicula . Parr, Calcitomella stephensi (Howchin), Frondicidaria
woodwardi Howchin, F. parri Crespin and Geinitzina triangularis
Howchin.

The following new species of ostracoda are described: Bairdia
grayi, Bairdia nyei, Healdia chapmani, Cavellina spring surensis,
Cavellina aequivalvis, Cavellina kidnwraensis and Basslerella australae.

All specimens are in the Commonwealth Palaeontological Collection
at Canberra. The plate accompanying the paper has been prepared
by Mr. F. Canavan, M.Sc., of the Mineral Resources Survey.

F

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.

Genus BAIRDIA McCoy, 1844.

Bairdia grayi sp. liov. (PI. IY, Figs, la, b.)

Holotype. — Carapace medium sized, short, thick, subtriangular in
shape, smooth, valves unequal in size. Dorsal margin strongly arched,
ventral outline gently curved. Anterior beak, broad, rounded ;
posterior beak blunt. Both anterior and posterior beaks slightly above
middle height of valve. Hinge line deeply depressed, short. Right valve
smaller than left. Overlap of valve is pronounced, especially along
dorsal line. Length, 1-67 mm.; height, 1-21 mm.; thickness, 0-76 mm.

Observations. — Bairdia grayi does not resemble any of the described
forms from the Pennsylvanian and Permain of America, from which
many species of the genus have been figured. Its blunt posterior beak
and rounded anterior end, together with the strongly arched dorsal
margin, are distinctive characteristics. The species has been named
after Dr. K. Washington Gray of the Australasian Petroleum Company,
who collected the material during his investigations in the Springsure-
Rolleston area in Queensland.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 261) : Cattle Creek,
14 miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland, in rich shelly limestone in
north bank of Creek (Lower Bowen Series).

Bairdia nyei sp. nov. (PI. IY, Fig. 2a, b.)

Holotype. — Carapace medium sized, gently tapering from central
portion of dorsal view. Anterior beak, narrow, almost at middle height
of valve; posterior beak, low and bluntly acuminate. Dorsal and
ventral margins almost straight and parallel in median portion. Post-
dorsal margin short, steep ; anterior dorsal angulate. Hinge slightly
depressed. Muscle scars deeply impressed, arranged in rosette in centre
of valve towards ventral margin. Length, 1-3 mm. ; height, 0-8 mm. ;
thickness, 0-75 mm.

Observations. — Bairdia nyei resembles in outline B. verwiebei
Kellett from the Permian of Kansas, but the posterior beak is shorter
and less acuminate in the present form. The carapace is represented
by a perfect cast and is stained reddish. The mode of preservation
has made the muscle scars prominent. The species has been named
after Mr. P. B. Nye, Assistant Director, Mineral Resources Survey.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 262) : Cranky Corner,
Hunter River District, New South Wales (Lower Marine Series) ; also
at Pokolbin in the same district (Lower Marine Stage).

Genus HEALDIA Roundy, 1926.

Healdia chapmani sp. nov. (PI. IY, Figs. 3a, b; 4, 5.)

Holotype. — Carapace small, subtriangular, equivalved. Anterior
end roundly curved, dorsal margin strongly convex with margin
straight towards posterior end. Highest point of curve in . middle
portion. Posterior end subangulate, ventral margin slightly curved

PERMIAN OSTRACODA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

33

inwards. Two spines at posterior end, one near dorsal margin and one
on ventral margin, both protruding backwards. Surface otherwise
smooth. Length, 0-82 mm. ; height, 0-54 mm. ; thickness, 040 mm.

Paratypes. — (a) Left valve. Smaller than holotype; posterior end
angulate and ventral margin straight. Length, 0*61 mm. ; height
043 mm. (6) Eight valve. Shape and size similar to holotype.

Observations. — Healdia chapmani is closely comparable with
H. limacoides Knight, from the Permian of Eastern Missouri. It differs
from it in the highest part ofi the curve on the dorsal margin being
central and in the more angulate posterior end. It differs from
H . subangularis Delo from Western Texas in the shorter length of the
carapace. The species has been named after the late Mr. F. Chapman,
who described many ostracoda from Australian deposits.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 263) : Cattle Creek,
II miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland, below Waterfall (Lower
Bowen Series). Paratypes (Comm. Pal. Coll. Nos. 264, 265) : Same
locality as holotype. Also in sediments at Mt. Hope near Springsure
(Lower Bowen Series).

Genus CAYELLINA Coryell, 1928.

Cavellina springsurensis sp. nov. (PI. IV, Figs. 6a, b.)

Holotype. — Carapace medium sized, ovate. Dorsal surface arched,
ventral slightly concave. Posterior thicker than anterior. Surface
smooth except for vertical ridge at posterior end of each valve extending
to nearly middle distance up dorsal margin. Eight valve overlaps left.
Anterior end broader than posterior with widest portion just above
middle. Length, 1-21 mm. ; height, 0-82 mm. ; thickness, 0*65 mm.

Observations. — Cavellina springsurensis is distinct from any
described species. It bears some resemblance to C. fittsi Kellett from
the Upper Middle Pennsylvanian of Kansas in having a vertical ridge
in the posterior portion.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 266) : Cattle Creek,
14 miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland, below Waterfall (Lower Bowen
Series).

Cavellina aequivalvis sp. nov. (PI. IY, Figs. 7a, b.)

Holotype. — Carapace small, subovate, with rounded anterior and
posterior ends, slightly compressed. Yalves of equal size and shape,
anterior edge broken. Both dorsal and ventral margins parallel. Length,
1-06 mm. ; height, 0-62 mm. ; thickness, 0-67 mm.

Observations. — This species closely resembles Cytherella aequalis
Jones, Kirby and Brady (1884, pi. 6, figs. 15a, b) described from the
Carboniferous limestone of Gare, Lanarkshire, England. The present
form is placed in the genus Cavellina which was instituted by Coryell in
1928 to include all Carboniferous and Permian species of Cytherella.
There is no overlap of right valve in C. aequivalvis as is typical of the
genus.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 267) : Kulnura Bore,
parish Kooree, county Northumberland, New South Wales, at 3,894 feet,
in black carbonaceous shales (Upper Marine Series). Also in Balmain
Bore, City of Sydney, at 4,750 (Upper Marine Series).

Cavellina kulnuraensis sp. nov. (PI. IY, Fig. 8.)

Holotype—' Carapace medium sized, broad, inequivalved, dorsal
margin slightly arched, anterior broadly rounded. Ventral margin
slightly convex. Right valve slightly overlapping left at posterior
ventral. Greatest width towards anterior dorsal. Height of valves equal
in dorsal view\ there being variation in thickness from anterior to
posterior end. Colour dark brown. Length, 1-69 mm. ; height, 0-99 mm.

Observations. — This species is distinguished from C. lata Coryell
from the Permian of Oklahoma, in the slightly arched shape of the dorsal
margin towards the anterior end, the not so apparent overlapping of the
right valve over the left, and in the almost uniform thickness of the
carapace from anterior to posterior end.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 268) : Kulnura Bore,
parish Kooree, county Northumberland, New South Wales, at 3,865 feet
in black carbonaceous shales (Upper Marine Series). Also at Pokolbin,
Hunter River District (Lower Marine Series).

Genus BASSLERELLA Kellett, 1935.

Basslerella australae sp. nov. (PI. IY, Figs. 9a, b, 10.)

Holotype. — Carapace large, stout, greatest thickness in central
portion, subovate, broader at anterior end. Strong ridges along dorsal
and ventral margins. Dorsal margin straight, very depressed, being
more pronounced by dorsal ridges. Strong ridge along dorsal edge.
Anterior margin slightly angulate with long angle towards ventral edge.
Slight overlap of right valve over left at ventral end of angulated anterior
portion. Surface smooth. Length, 1-49 mm. ; height, 0*97 mm. ;
thickness, 0*74 mm.

Paratype. — Left valve, showing strong dorsal margin and curved
margin of ventral. Carapace broadest near anterior, gently tapering
towards posterior, which is slightly pointed. Internal shape of left valve
shows relationship with the Cytheridae.

Observations. — This distinctive form is referred to the genus
Basslerella Kellett, which ranges from the Pennsylvanian to the Permian.
Kellett (1935) considers “that members of this genus are the direct
ancestors of the Cytheridea.” This relationship is well illustrated in
Fig. 10 of the present paper. The dorsal and ventral ridges in B.
australae distinguish it from the described species. Several specimens
are present in the Springsure material.

Occurrence. — Holotype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 269) : Cattle Creek,
14 miles S.E. of Springsure, Queensland, below waterfall (Lower Bowen
Series). Paratype (Comm. Pal. Coll. No. 270) : Same locality.

PERMIAN OSTRAEODA FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA.

35

REFERENCES.

Chapman, F., 1920. — On Some Palaeozoic Ostraeoda from New South Wales,
Bee. Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales 9, (2), pp. 98-104, pi. 16-17.

Coryell, H. N., 1928. — Some New Pennsylvanian Ostracods. Journ. Pal. 2, (2),
pp. 89-94, p. 11.

Delo, D. M. 1930. — Some Upper Carboniferous Ostraeoda from the Shale Basin of
Western Texas. Ibid. 4, (2), pp. 152-178, pis. 12, 13.

Gels, H. L., 1932. — Some Ostracodes from the Salem Limestone, Mississippian, of
Indiana. Ibid. 6, (2), pp. 149-188, pi. 22-26.

Harlton, B., 1927. — Some Pennsylvanian Ostraeoda of the Glen and Hoxbar Forma-
tions of Southern Oklahoma and of the Upper Part of the Cisco Forma-
tion of Northern Texas. Ibid. 1, (3), pp. 203-212. pi. 32, 33.

1928. — Pennsylvanian Ostracods from Oklahoma and Texas.

Ibid. 2, (2), pp. 132-141, pi. 21.

— — ., 1933. — Mieropalaeontology of the Pennsylvanian Johns Valley Shale

of the Ouachita Mountains, Oklahoma, and Its Relationship to the
Mississippian Chaney Shale. Ibid. 7, (1), pp. 3-29, pi. 1-7.

Jones, T. R., Kirkby, J. W. and Brady, G. S., 1874. — A Monograph on the Carboni-
ferous Bivalved Entomostraea of Great Britain and Ireland. Part 1.
No. 1. The Cypridinadae and Their Allies. Pal. Soc. 28, pp. 1-56,

pi. I-Y.

— — ., 1884. — A Monograph of the British Fossil Bivalved Entomostraea

from the Carboniferous Formations. Part I, No. 2. Pal. Soc. 38,

pp. 57-92, pis. YI, VII.

Kellett, Betty, 1933. — Ostracods of the Upper Pennsylvanian and the Lower
Permian Strata of Kansas: Part I. The Aparchitidae, Beyrichiidae,
Glyplopleuridae, Kloedenillidae, Kirkbyidae, and Youngiellidae. Journ.
Pal. 7, (1), pp. 59-108, pis. 11-13.

} 1934. — Ibid. Part II. The Genus Bairdia. Ibid. 8, (2),

pp. 120-138, pis. 14-19.

— , 1935. — Ibid. Part III. Bairdiidae (concluded), Cytherellidae,

Cypridinidae, Entomacomchidae, Cytheridae and Cypridae. Ibid. 9 (2),
pp. 132-166, pi. 16-18.

Knight, J. B., 1928. — Some Pennsylvanian Ostrocoda from the Henrietta Formation
of Eastern Missouri. Pt. II. Ibid. 2, (4), pp. 318-337, pis. 43, 44.

Koninck, L. G. de, 1898. — Descriptions of the Palaeozoic fossils of New South
Wales (Australia). Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales. Pal. No. 6.

Raggatt, H. G., and Crespin, I., 1940. — Possibilities of Heavy-Mineral Correla-
lation of some Permian Sedimentary Rocks, New South Wales, by Dorothy
Carroll. Discussion. Bull. Amer. Assoc. Petr. Geol. 24, pp. 1682-1683.

— v 1941. — Geological Notes on Natural Gas and

Oil Corporation’s Bore at Balmain, City of Sydney, New South Wales.
Aust. Journ. Sci. 4, (3), pp. 102-103.

G

36

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. — Bairdia grayi sp. nov. Cattle Creek, 14 miles E. of Springsure, Queens-
land. Holotype. ( a ) Right side of carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 2. — Bairdia nyei sp. nov. Cranky Corner, Hunter River District, New South
Wales. Holotype. (a) Right side of carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 3. — Eealdia chapmani sp. nov. Cattle Creek, 14 miles S.E. of Springsure,
Queensland. Holotype. (a) Right side of carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 4. — E. chapmani sp. nov. Same locality as Holotype. Paratype. Right valve.

Fig. 5. — E. chapmani sp. nov. Same locality. Paratype. Left valve.

Fig. 6. — Cavellina sprirngsurensis sp. nov. Cattle Creek, 14 miles E. of Spring-
sure, Queensland, below Waterfall. Holotype. (a) Left side of

carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 7. — Cavellina aequivalvis sp. nov. Kulnura Bore, parish Kooree, county
Northumberland, New South Wales at 3,894 feet. Holotype. (a) Right
side of carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 8. — Cavellina hulnuraemis sp. nov. Kulnura Bore, New South Wales, at
3,865 feet. Holotype. Right side of carapace.

Fig. 9. — Basslerella australae sp. nov. Cattle Creek, 14 miles S.E. of Spring-
sure, Queensland, near Waterfall. Holotype. (a) Right side of

carapace; (b) dorsal view.

Fig. 10. — B. australae sp. nov. Same locality as Holotype. Paratype. Internal
left valve.

All Figures X 30.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q ’land, Yol. LVIv No. 4,

Plate 4.

Permian Ostracoda from Eastern Australia,

Vol. LVI, No. 5.

37

^ TRIASSIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND.

11 . Eoses, a Probable Lepidopterous Insect from the Triassic
Beds of Mt. Crosby, Queensland, v

By Norman B. T indale, B.Sc., South Australian Museum.

(With Three Text-figures and One Plate.)

( Communicated by T. D. Dimmick.)

(. Received 24 th April , 1944; read before the Royal Society of Queensland ,
July, 1944; issued separately 21th April, 1945.)

Rich fossil insect material has been discovered in a horizon in the
Triassic beds of Mt. Crosby, Queensland. In the course of a preliminary
study of some of the orders of insects represented, a privilege made
possible through the courtesy of the University of Queensland and the
kindness of Professor H. C. Richards of the Department of Geology,
Mr. F. A. Perkins, Lecturer in Entomology, and Messrs. W. R. Home
and I. F. B. Common, much of special interest has been observed among
fossil insects related to the Mecopteroid or Panorpoid stem. The fol-
lowing description is a first contribution to the study of the Mecopteroid
insects of these beds. It may prove to be of special interest to those
studying the origin of the Order Lepidoptera.

The Mt. Crosby fossil insect horizon is situated near the Brisbane
River, five miles to the north of Ipswich. The horizon was first
discovered by Jones and Denmead in 1925 on Portion 172, Parish of
Chuwar. From this outcrop (Locality A) insect wings were collected
and exhibited before the Royal Society of Queensland (Jones, 1926).
The stratigraphical horizon of these was indicated by Jones (1927) in
an appendix to a paper on the Tertiary Deposits of the Moreton District.
The insects were later described by Tillyard (1937) as two new species of
the genus Triassoblatta.

At a later date further localities in the same area and on the same
horizon were found by Mr. H. Cribb*, one of which (Locality B) is that
from which the insects forming the subject of this paper were obtained
(Text-figure 1). The localities discovered to date (including the above
may be listed as follows : —

Localities Supplied by H. Cribb.

A. Portion 172, Parish of Chuwar. Found by Jones and Denmead.

B. Portion 202, Parish of Chuwar. Found by H. Cribb.

C. Portion 171, Parish of Chuwar. Found by H. Cribb.

D. Portion 22-23, Parish of Kholo. Found by H. Cribb.

E. Portion 10-11, Parish of Kholo. Found by H. Cribb.

* Verbal communication from Dr. W. H. Bryan,

H

38

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The site of Locality B is in a railway cutting on a branch railway
line leading from Ipswich to the Mt. Crosby Pumping Station. Here a
basal conglomerate containing quartzite boulders and pebbles uncon-
formably overlies the Fernvale Series of the Brisbane Schists, dips at a
low angle to the S.W. and is overlain by shales. It is thus within a short
distance of the base of the Ipswich Series of Upper Triassic age. The
fossil horizon is a band in these shales situated approximately 20 feet
above the top of the conglomerate and occurring at intervals over a
distance of more than two miles. Collectors who visit Locality B may
locate the horizon by counting 144 railway sleepers from the near
side of the road bridge which spans the railway cutting. The insect-
bearing horizon will then be found as a band in the S.W. wall of the
cutting approximately 3 feet above the level of the rails. The fossils are
not confined to one layer but have been proved to occur at various levels
in a band at least a foot in thickness. No systematic study has been

Text Fig. 1.

made of the minute stratification of the occurrence. Specimens are
relatively abundant in the fossiliferous horizon, the average rate of
discovery being about two good specimens per hour of splitting of the
soft shale. Several thousand specimens have been secured by different
collectors from the several occurrences on this horizon. Impressions
of wings of Coleoptera and Orthoptera seem to predominate but wings
of many Homoptera as well as some Mecoptera, Trichoptera, and kindred
insects occur.

TRlASSlC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND.

39

The Mt. Crosby insect horizon occurs nearly at the base of the
Ipswich series (Text-figure 2). The age of this series has been deter-
mined on palaeobotanical grounds as Upper Triassic (Rhaetic or
Keuper ?). A rapid survey of the whole insect fauna from Mt. Crosby
has given a strong general impression that its horizon is lower than
that of the insect horizon at Denmark Hill. This is in keeping with
the field evidence which places the Denmark Hill horizon as nearly at
the top of the Ipswich Series. This higher insect horizon has been
known for many years, and has been the subject of detailed geological
and faunistic studies by Tillyard and Dunstan, but the more recently
discovered Mt. Crosby horizon has yet to be adequately studied. This
paper is only a preliminary account of one of the many interesting forms
which the fauna contains.

Con g lomera tc

ABERDARE

IPStncH (DEMMAB.K Hill) INSECT BED
Bluff £>« Dirty

Four- Foot
0ERGIN5
Strjeed Bacon
Rob Roy
Brae side.

Garden

Tantivy

Cuffe's Upper or Fiery
Clip ees LOWER OR
Waters town

Tivol /

Bishop
Ben ley

Coal at Ipswich
WA TER WORKS

MT CROSBY /NSECT Bed.

Text Fig. 2.

Stratigraphical Section of Ipswich Coal Measures to show the positions of
the two known insect horizons. (Modified from Cameron.)

Family EOSETIDAE nov.

Genus Eoses.

Eoses triassicci gen. et sp. nov. (Plate Y).

Forewing broad, costal margin straight in basal half, then evenly
curved to a rounded point at R4; hind margin rather evenly rounded.
Costa with hm vein present, Sc4 and Sc2 present. Traces of a possible
oblique cross-vein between Sc and R4. Rx from Rs in basal third of wing.
Second radial fork at one-half; R2 and R3 long-forked; R4 from R5

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

just before median cross-vein ; a cross-vein between R3 and R4. Median
fork (mf) near base; mf1 before one half, simple; M2 bifurcate; an im
cross-vein present between M2 and Ms. M4 forming a reverse fork with
Cuia but dividing again and M4 free at margin. M5 present as a short
vein to Cu. Region of cubital fork (cuf) not available in type; Cuia
joining M4; Cu^ continuing straight to margin; Ou2 present. Pcu a
strong vein; region of anal (vannal) veins not preserved. Length of
available portion of forewing 11 mm. Pig. 1.

Hindwing similar to forewing but with costa more angulate and
apex situated slightly posterior to R5. Veins much as in forewing except
that there are no apparent traces of the possible cross-vein between
Sc and R4 ; R4 is from R3 well before r-m cross-vein. Length of pre-
served portion of hindwing 9 mm. Fig. 2.

Holotype, the counterpart of an impression of a forewing labelled
“Mt. Crosby No. 218” in University of Queensland Collection: (Cata-
logue No. F. 7853) ; belonging to this is a fragment of the obverse
impression, labelled “218 a” in University of Queensland Collection
(F. 7854) ; paratype, a hindwing labelled “207” in University of
Queensland Collection (F. 7855) ; for this no counterpart was recovered.

Locality: Triassic of Mt. Crosby, S. Queensland. Collected by
F. A. Perkins.

I

The hindwing resembles the forewing in a similar manner and to
about the same degree as does the fore and hindwing in any primitive
Mecopteroid insect of comparable size.

The formal description of the species is to be regarded as based
on the type forewing. The hindwing which has been associated with
it, as a paratype, was found separately; therefore there is no direct
proof that it actually belongs to the same species. However the two
specimens are so closely comparable that in any living species of
primitive Lepidoptera, for example, it would be difficult not to regard
them as fore and hindwing of one species, or at least as belonging to
closely allied members of the same genus.

R4 near apex is sinuate as though there was a pterostigmatic area
on the costal margin at its apex, but no special texture of the wing
surface can be detected in this region, so that this feature must be
regarded at most as indicating what might be a relict feature.

Theoretical Discussion.

The position of this fossil in the classification of insects may be of
considerable theoretical importance, since it seems possible that it is
one of the earliest known relatives of the Lepidoptera, an order con-
cerning whose early geological history in Mesozoic times, nothing is
known. Its discovery will therefore arouse new interest in the possible
origins of the Lepidoptera.

'FMASSie INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND. 41

On general grounds it has long been considered that the members of
the suborder Homoneura are the oldest living types of Lepidoptera and
that some living species retain primitive features which place them close
to the prototype of that order of insects. Indeed, from a study of all
the living forms a hypothetical archetype of the order has been
conceived as appearing very much like some primitive living members of
the Hepialidae, one of the largest families of the Homoneura. How-
ever, up till now no true member of the Lepidoptera has been discovered
in any geological horizon lower than the Tertiary.

The hitherto oldest known fossils which are without doubt
Homoneurous Lepidoptera, belong to the family Micropterygidae,
the oldest actual species being Micropteryx proaviteUa Rebel which
was obtained from Baltic amber of Oligocene Age. Another similar species
Micropteryx pervetus Cockerell has been found; in Miocene amber from
Burma. M. proavitella differs only in minor generic details from living
members of its family and furnishes no novel clues as to the origins of
the Lepidoptera. Further it was found in association with more special-
ised forms closely related to living genera and species of advanced
families of Lepidoptera. It is evident that the origins of the Lepidoptera
must be sought in earlier geological ages.

Some poorly preserved insect impressions from the Jurassic were
formerly thought, by Handlirsch, to have belonged to the Lepidoptera
but were afterwards proved to be unquestionably the remains of Homo-
ptera allied to some primitive living forms of cicada, so that although
a possible Jurassic origin for the Lepidoptera was formerly postulated
it had no basis in known facts. There was only indirect deduction upon
which to base any assumption that the Lepidoptera was Mesozoic in
origin, although on general grounds it was thought that their evolution
must have taken place concurrently with the rise of flowering plants
in Mesozoic times. However, as we know from the previous work of
many students, including Handlirsch, Tillyard, Carpenter and other
workers, that all the other principal stems of the Mecopteroid complex
of orders were already well defined by early Mesozoic times, the appear-
ance of a primitive member of the Lepidoptera in late Triassic beds
would neither be a matter of great surprise nor greatly inconsistent with
modern trends of knowledge and theory. In fact the entire absence of
the Lepidoptera from the Mesozoic period would be surprising on any
grounds, other than that of the difficulty of finding the rare beds in
which such delicate insects could be preserved.

The question naturally arises whether, in view of the trend of this
introduction, Eoses is possibly to be regarded as a primitive Lepidop-
teron? Accepting for the moment that the fore and hind wings do
belong together, it is abundantly clear that if these wings were those of
Lepidoptera the species would fall much closer to the suborder
Homoneura than to the Heteroneura, the other large division of the order
Lepidoptera. The most striking distinction between these two great
suborders is the possession by the Homoneura of five radial veins in

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

both wings whereas in Heteroneura although 5 radial veins are present
in the fore wing, only two occur in the hind wing. Of the families of
the Homoneura, so far as may be judged by wing venation alone, Eases
would fall perhaps closer to the Hepialidae than to any other. In many
particulars it is closely similar. However, one striking character at
once separates Eoses from all previously known families of the Homo-
neura and indeed from all living Lepidoptera, This outstanding feature
is present in the median veins of both wings. Whereas in all living
Lepidoptera M2 is a simple vein, in Eases M2 is bifurcate. In any dis-
cussion therefore on this fossil, the study of M2 is of prime importance.
Another important character is the separation of M4 and Cuia before
the margin. This also is a distinctive feature, but in as much as
this has been found as an occasional aberration in individual specimens
of more than one species of the Hepialidae, e.g., Trictena argent at a and
Sthenopis, its presence in a supposed ancestral form of the Hepialidae
would not be a surprising occurrence.

In other venational particulars, so far as they are preserved in the
examples available, there can be no strong objection to Eases being placed
as a member of the Lepidoptera or even in a position on the ancestral
line leading to the Homoneura and the family Hepialidae.

The seemingly critical character upon which the classification of
Eoses should rest is shown to be the presence of both M2a and M2b> a
double feature found in none of the living forms of Lepidoptera.

Study of late Palaeozoic members of the Mecopteroid complex shows
that M2 is bifurcate in several forms. Permachorista, a genus of the
order Mecoptera of the Upper Permian of Belmont has this feature
well defined, and it survives in Jurassic members of the order.

According to the views of Tillyard, the Upper Permian genus
Belmontia placed in the order Paramecoptera is the oldest recognisable
form related to the ancestor of the Lepidoptera. The Paramecoptera
are a Permian derivative of the Mecoptera and alongside many primitive
features have developed some specialised characters. Tillyard considered
that the three great orders Trichoptera, Lepidoptera and Diptera arose
from the Paramecoptera in the Triassic or Lias.

While Belmontia does present many primitive features it cannot
be considered directly ancestral to Eoses , for M2 is already simple in
Belmontia. The common ancestor of Eoses and Belmontia must be sought
rather in those members of the Permian Mecoptera in which this vein
had not already undergone reduction to the simple condition. Eases
thus possesses an archaic venational character which separates it defin-
itely from Belmontia and links it with the Permian members of the
order Mecoptera. The possible conclusion is reached that Eoses may be
a Triassic development of and lineally descended from one of the Permian
branches of the Mecoptera. It is probably not directly related to

TRIASSIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND.

43

Belmontia, although this fossil stands on a side branch not very far
removed from the main stem. It seems then that the discovery of Eoses
again draws attention to the fundamental relationship between the
ancestral Mecoptera and the Trichoptera and Lepidoptera, a relation-
ship which tended to be overlooked after the discovery of Belmontia.

Detailed comparisons between Permochorista and Eoses indeed
show that however much the form of the wings and the general appear-
ance may differ, there are basic features in common extending even to
the possible relict character of a pterostigmatic area on the costal margin,
and it seems an irresistible conclusion that Eoses and Permochorista are
fundamentally related, and that this relationship exists because they
had common ancestors in Permian times.

The tentative conclusion is reached therefore that Eoses is a primi-
tive Lepidopteron, representing a stock which had its origin in a branch
of the order Mecoptera, from which it parted company at the end of
the Palaeozoic or in the early Mesozoic.

Having been so bold as to see in Eoses an early member of the
Lepidoptera and therefore the first known Mesozoic member of the order,
the writer is tempted to determine a tentative classification into which it
may be placed.

Eoses may be conceived to be related to, and to fall in the same
suborder as, the ancestor of both the Homoneura and the Heteroneura.
As both Comstock and Tillyard have shown, any attempt to construct
an archetype for the Heteroneura leads inevitably to an ancestral
Homoneurous type, and this archetype, as deduced even in the absence
of any leads from fossil evidence, differed significantly from Eoses
principally in the character of the bifurcate M2.

For convenience it may be useful to regard this archetypic concept
in so far as it is represented by Eoses as constituting a suborder Eoneura
of the Lepidoptera, equal in classificatory value with the Homoneura
and the Heteroneura. Both the Homoneura and Heteroneura may have
been formerly derived from the Eoneura. This new classificatory concept
must be viewed in very broad detail, and it is as well to remember that
Eoses itself may not be a direct lineal ancestor of the later Lepidoptera,
rather but one representative of a whole range of early Lepidoptera of
the Eoneura, from one of which later Lepidoptera may have been derived
by reduction and specialisation of the characters which we see in the
Eoneura. In so far as both Homoneura and Heteroneura differ from
the Eoneura in the absence of the bifurcate M2 it may be that they are
both to be derived together from a member of the Eoneura in which this
reduction had already taken place.

A tentative classification could be arranged as follows: —

Order Lepidoptera.

1. Suborder Eoneura.

(a) Family Eosetidae.

44

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

2. Suborder Homoneura.

(a) Family Micropterygidae.

(b) Family Hepialidae.

3. Suborder Heteroneura.

( a ) Family Cossidae.

(b) Family Castniidae, etc.

The interrelations of these suborders and the ancestral connections
of the Lepidoptera cannot of course be shown adequately by a mere list
and the following diagram may give a more convincing if still very
sketchy conception of the main relationships :

Belmontia preserves a record of one of the evolutionary trends of
Mecopteroid ancestors in late Palaeozoic times, but it is seemingly merely
a Permian specialisation away from the main Mecopteroid stem. It
thus loses its high place as a supposedly direct ancestor to the Lepidop-
tera and Trichoptera and falls into an evolutionary backwater without
recognised descendants in the Mesozoic. Like the Trichoptera, the
Lepidoptera seem to have originated as closely allied specialisations
from an ancestral Permian branch of the Mecoptera. Eoses preserves
a Triassic phase of this evolution. The trends of development even in the
Lepidoptera Eoneura were towards reduction of the cross-vein systems,
reduction of terminal branching of the veins and partial coalescing of
the apical portions of Cuia and M4. This trend towards reduction has
continued until Tertiary times. All the main evolutionary trends in
venation are expressed in modern families by various degrees of
simplification and reduction from the ancestral Eoneurous pattern.

TRIASSIC INSECTS OF QUEENSLAND.

45

SUMMARY.

Eoses trimsica a member of the order Lepidoptera, falling into a new
suborder, the Eoneura is described from the Triassic Beds of Mt. Crosby,
South Queensland. There is a theoretical discussion on the significance
of this discovery of the first supposed Mesozoic member of the
Lepidoptera.

Postscript : Washington, D.C., 10 th October, 1944.

In the United States National Museum collection there is a male specimen of
llcpialus seguoiolus Behrens, from Mendocino, California, which has both
M,a and M2b iiresent in the forewings, as in the fossil Eoses.. Bight and left fore-
wings both have this feature which, so far as known, is unique among living
Lepidoptera. The liindwings are normal. Text-fig. 3 gives a representation of the
venation of this interesting specimen.

Text Fig. 3.

Venation of aberrant male of Hcpialus sequoiolus Behrens, from Mendocino,

California.

No other specimen of this species among ten others in the collection has been
discovered to possess this aberrant condition, nevertheless the appearance of a
bifurcate M2, even as an occasional atavistic survival in a living member of the
Hepalidae, may be considered to furnish some small measure of proof that the
ancestor of the Lepidoptera Honroneura may once have possessed this character
as a normal feature of its venation.

The discovery may be held to strengthen a little the view that Eoses is an
early Lepidopteron allied to the main stem from which the Homoneura have
evolved.

P ^m3

Culb M4 +Cuia

/R4

R 5

1

4(j

PROCEEDINGS OF TllE ROYAL SOCIETY OE QUEENSLAND.

REFERENCES CITED.

Carpenter, F. M., 1930. Lower Permian Insects of Kansas. Bull. Mus. Corny. Zool.
Harvard, vol. 70, No. 2, pp. 69-101, pis. i-v.

Cockerell, T. D. A., 1919. Entomologist, vol. 52, p. 193. ( Microptergx pervetus.)

Comstock, J. II., 1918. Wings of Insects.

Handlirsch, A., 1906-8. Die fossilen Insekten und die Pliylogenie der rezenten
Formen.

Jones, O. A., 1926. Abs. Proc. Bog. Soc. Queensl., p. viii.

Jones, O. A., 1927. Appendix to Tertiary Deposits of the Moreton District, S.E.
Queensland. Proc. Boy. Soc. Queensl., vol. 38, pp. 43-45.

Rebel, H., 1935. Bernstein-Lepidopteren, Deutsche Entomologiselie Zeitselirift
“Iris, ” vol. 49, p. 185. ( Micropteryx proavitella.)

Tillyard, R. J., 1917-19. The Panorpoid complex. Proc. Linn. Soc. A T.S. Wales,
vol. 43, pp. 266-319, 626-657 ; vol. 44, pp. 533-718.

Tillyard, R. J., 1919. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. 44, pp. 231-256. ( Belmontia
mitchelli.)

Tillyard, R. J., 1933. Panorpoid complex in the British Rhaetic and Lias (with
references). British Museum publication.

Tillyard, R. J., and Dunstan, B., 1924. Mesozoic Insects of Queensland. Queensl.
Geol. Sure. Publ., No. 273.

Tillyard, R. J., 1937. A Small Collection of Fossil Cockroach Remains from the
Triassic Beds of Mt. Crosby, Queensland. Proc. Bog. Soc. Queensl., vol. 48,
pp. 35-40.

Proc. Eoy. Soc. Q 'land, Yol. LYI., No. 5.

Plate V.

Pig. 1.

Eoses, a probable Lepidopterous Insect. Explanation in the text.

Vol. LVI., No. 6.

47

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN
COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA).

By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.R.E.S.

(. Received 2 6th June\ , 1944; accepted for publication 31 st July , 1944;
issued separately 19 th June, 1945.)

DEFINITION.

Tongue and maxillary palpi absent. Usually an areole is present
in the forewing and a median cell in both wings, but there are some
exceptions. The median vein is present in the lepidopterous cell, and
usually divides there into its two primary branches, but one of these
may be absent. The second cubital vein is present in both wings.
The anal vein in the fore wing is forked at its base. In the hindwing
there are three anal veins. The larvae are wood-borers.

The Cossidae, as is shown by their neuration, are the most
primitive family of the Lepidoptera Heteroneura. In the Transactions
of the Entomological Society of London for 1918 I gave a general
review of the family based on the world-fauna, and to this I would
refer the reader who is interested in its phylogeny. The family is
present in all temperate and tropical regions, but is more numerous in
species in Australia than in any other continent. For these two reasons
their study is of special interest.

Owing to their cryptic coloration and habit of concealment little
was known of our Australian species until recently. Only a few were
named by early writers. It was not until the study of the habits and
the breeding of the larvae were undertaken, that adequate material for
description was available. For this we are indebted particularly to
two collectors, the late Mr. F. P. Dodd and the late Mr. W. B. Barnard.
An interesting account of the methods of the former is contained in
Oberthur’s Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee xi. (1915). All the
Australian species and, with the exception of Xyleutes, Zeuzera and
Dudgeonea, all the genera are endemic.

Key to Genera.

1. Forewings without areole
Forewings with areole

2. Tibiae with spurs very short or absent
Tibiae with spurs well developed

3. Areole with strong posterior projection
Areole not projecting

4. Hindwings with subcostal not connected with cell . .
Hindwings with subcostal connected with cell

5. Forewings without median cell
Forewings with median cell

6. Thorax and abdomen smooth
Thorax and abdomen hairy

7. Hindwings with subcostal connected by a bar with

upper angle of cell

Hindwings with 11 arising from before end of cell
and running into subcostal

Idioses

2

3
9

4
8

5
7

Sympycnodes

6

Catoxophylla

Xyleutes

Zeuzera

Nepiomorpha

8

1

2

3

4

5

J

48

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

8. Forewings with areole and median cell short;

abdomen not hairy

Areole and median cell long; abdomen hairy

9. Forewings without median cell
Forewings with median cell

10. Forewings with 11 from cell
Forewings with 11 from' areole

11. Forewings with 8 absent
Forewings with 8 present

12. Forewings with 7 and 8 connate or stalked
Forewings with 7 and 8 separate

13. Thorax smooth

Thorax with rough posterior crest

14. Forewings with 8 and 9 stalked
Forewings with all veins separate

1. Gen. SYMPYCNODES Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.194.

Palpi very short, slender, closely appressed to face. Antennae of
male bipectinate, apical third simple. Thorax with a rounded anterior
crest. Forewings with no median cell, areole long with a strong pos-
terior projection, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 connate, 11 from cell shortly before
areole. Hindwings with small median cell, or none owing to posterior
branch of median failing to chitinise, all veins separate. Type
S. trigonocosma Turn.

1. Sympycnodes trigonocosma Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.194.

North Queensland : Cape York. Queensland : Brisbane :

McPherson Rge. ; Toowoomba ; Bunya Mts.

This species appears to be close to Xylentes minima Houlbert
from New Guinea (Oberthur, Lep. Comp. xi. p. PI. p. 80. f. 15).

2. Sympycnodes rhaptodes Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1941, p.80.

Queensland: McPherson Rge.; Stanthorpe. New South Wales:
Nambucca Hds. ; Mittagong.

Brachycy tiara G
. . Ptilomacra 7

. . Charmoses &
10

11

14

Trigonocyttara Id
12

13

Cossodes 11

. . Dudgeonea 12
. . Archaeoses 15

Culama 14
Macrocyttara 15

2. Gen. CATOXOPHYLLA nov.

KaTot;o(f>vX\os y with sharply pointed wings.

Palpi moderately long (1), smooth, appressed to face; terminal
joint minute. Antennae of male bipectinate, extreme apex simple.
Thorax and abdomen smooth-scaled. Tibiae without spurs. Forewings
narrow, sharply pointed, areole strongly projecting, median cell long
and narrow, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 connate, 11 from near base of areole.
Hindwings moderately broad at base, rapidly narrowing to apex, a
triangular median cell, all veins separate. Differs from Xyleutes in
the narrow wings and smooth thorax and abdomen.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) . 49

3. Catoxophylla cyanauges n.sp.

Kvavavyrjs, with dark blue sheen.

$ , 80-90 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous with dark blue
sheen; thorax with collar, lateral aspect, and inner edge of tegulae
white. Palpi dark fuscous, beneath white. Antennae blackish; pec-
tinations in male 8. Abdomen blackish; on posterior half edges of
segments and a median line white. Legs dark fuscous. Forewings
very narrow, costa straight, sinuate beyond middle, apex acute ;
fuscous with coarse transverse blackish strigulae arranged in longi-
tudinal rows between veins; some small white dots in apical and
terminal areas. Hindwings with termen strongly concave, apex very
acute; dark fuscous becoming blackish in basal and tornal areas; a
white costal streak to three-fourths; cilia white.

West Australia : Toodyay in August ; Bencubbin ; two specimens.

3. Gen. XYLEUTES Hb.

Verz. p.195.

Palpi short or moderate, slender, closely appressed to face.
Antennae of male bipectinate, becoming simple near middle. Thorax
and abdomen hairy. Tibiae without spurs. Forewings with areole
long and projecting strongly posteriorly, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 connate or
stalked with them, 11 from areole near its base, median cell present.
Hindwings with median cell, all veins separate. Type X. strix Cram,
from Archipelago and India.

This large genus is found in the Indomalayan, African, and
Neotropical regions, but the species are more numerous in Australia
than elsewhere. Their discrimination is difficult, for they often show
varietal differences, especially in the development of the markings of
the forewings. Sexual differences are not uncommon, and the range
of size in any species may be large. For their identification careful
and detailed descriptions are necessary, and these must be carefully
studied. No help would be given by the construction of a key, such
as is useful in many other cases.

4. Xyleutes zophospila n.sp.

£ o(/)og7t iAo?, dark-spotted.

Head white with an ochreous line between antennae. Palpi one-
half; fuscous, lower surface white. Antennae white; pectinations in
male 5, dark fuscous. Thorax white with two pairs of blackish dots;
small anterior and posterior crests and posterior edge of patagia
ochreous. Abdomen white; blackish rings with ochreous apices on five
terminal segments^ tuft ochreous. Forewings narrow, costa slightly
arched, apex obtusely pointed, termen rounded, oblique ; white
with numerous blackish spots ; a costal series more or less transversely
elongate; a similar dorsal series; others irregularly dispersed in disc;
three obliquely transverse series in lines at three-fourths, subterminal
and submarginal; a terminal series; cilia white. Hindwings white with
some blackish spots in apical area only; cilia white. It differs from
the two following species in the white hindwings.

West Australia : Edmond Station near Carnarvon in June
(J. C. Carmody) ; one specimen. Type in Queensland Museum.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

5. Xyleutes rip aria Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1935, p.49.

I have now examined a long series of this species, and my former
description needs amplifying. The antennal stalk is white in the male
and usually in the female also. The thorax has anterior and posterior
lines of hairs, which may be orange-ochreous, fuscous-grey, or ochreous-
grey. Similarly the abdominal tuft varies in colour. The white
markings of forewings vary considerably in shape and size.

Queensland: Injune; Carnarvon Rge.; Stanthorpe. New South
Wales: Tyringham.

6. Xyleutes tigrina H-Sch.

Ausser. Schmet. f.41 ; Wlk. vii, p.1541.

Judging from Herrich-Schaef er ’s figure this seems distinct from
X.riparia, though nearly allied.

Australia.

7. Xyleutes neuroxantha Low.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1900, p.39.

Unknown to me.

New South Wales*. Broken Hill.

8. Xyleutes eumitra Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1926, p.154,

Queensland : Brisbane ; McPherson Rge. ; Toowoomba ; Bunya Mts.

9. Xyleutes eremonoma Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1906, p.139.

Queensland: Goondiwindi; Cunnamulla.

10. Xyleutes amphiplecta Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.195.

Queensland: Dalby; Milmerran; Injune; Charleville; Inglewood;
Goondiwindi; Talwood; Cunnamulla. New South Wales: Brewarrina.
Victoria: Birchip.

11. Xyleutes spilota Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1935, p.49.

Queensland: Toowoomba. New South Wales: Brewarrina.

12. Xyleutes plocistis n.sp.

ttXoklgtls , woven.

$ , 34-44 mm. Head whitish. Palpi very short ; black. Antennae
black; in male bipectinate to three-fifths or two-thirds, pectinations 3.
Thorax dark fuscous ; patagia and tegulae whitish. Abdomen whitish ;
apices of segments and tuft black. Legs black. Forewings elongate-
oval, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ;
whitish with black markings and numerous strigulae ; a broad streak

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 51

from near apex parallel to termen to two-thirds dorsum; another from
two-thirds costa joining subterminal streak; a short mark on one-third
costa sometimes connected with subterminal streak; whole of wing
closely strigulated except a narrow subcostal area; veins more or less
brownish-ochreous ; cilia white with black bars. Hindwings with
termen slightly sinuate; white closely strigulated with black except a
narrow terminal area; cilia white barred with fuscous except on tornus
and dorsum. Nearest X. spilota, but very distinct.

South Australia : Yunta in January ( W. M. Mules) ; two speci-
mens received from Mr. F. E. Wilson, who has the type.

13. Xyleutes ooscinopa Low.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1900, p.63.

$ , 40 mm. Head whitish sprinkled with fuscous. Palpi one-half ;
dark fuscous. Antennae whitish; in male pectinated to two-thirds,
pectinations 3, fuscous. Thorax fuscous sprinkled with whitish ; with a
blackish inverted U-mark. Abdomen grey with some whitish hairs.
Legs grey ; tarsi blackish with whitish rings. Fore wings narrow, costa
slightly sinuate, apex pointed, termen slightly round, very oblique ; grey
finely reticulated with fuscous; a broad fuscous median streak from
base of costa to termen beneath apex, with a rounded median dorsal
projection ; costal area above this whitish reticulated with fuscous ; cilia
whitish with fuscous bars. Hindwings whitish with fuscous reticula-
itons near costal and terminal edge ; cilia whitish with some fuscous
bars. I have described this from the type kindly lent me by Mr. Gleo.
Lyell. The wings are narrower than in X. secta, the forewings different
and more distinct in markings.

North West Australia: Roeburne; Type in National Museum.

14. Xyleutes arachnophora n.sp.

Low. MS.

$ , 35 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi one-half ; fuscous.
Antennae whitish; in male pectinated to three-fourths, pectinations 3,
fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish-fuscous. Forewings narrow,
costa straight, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, oblique; grey
with numerous slender transverse blackish lines and strigulae^ an
outwardly oblique blackish mark beneath two-thirds costa, giving off a
fine curved line, joining a subterminal line; cilia grey with blackish
bars. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Victoria: Brentwood near Dimboola in March; one specimen.
Type in National Museum.

15. Xyleutes epicycla n.sp.

€7tikvk\os, marked with a circle.

$ $ , 40-48 mm. Head and thorax grey or fuscous. Palpi short
(under one-half), very slender, closely applied to face; brown or fuscous.
Antennae dark fuscous; pectinations in male 5, apical third simple.
Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous. Forewings narrow, costa straight, apex
pointed, termen oblique ; grey with transverse fuscous lines and
strigulae; a blackish circular discal spot at two-thirds; cilia grey

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen sinuate, not rounded;
grey; cilia grey. This and the next two species closely resemble those
of the genus Sympycnodes but differ structurally in the median cell of
the fore wings, and the median cell and discocellulars of the hindwings.

Queensland: Toowoomba; Stanthorpe. New South Wales:

Murrurundi ; Gosford.

16. Xyleutes * episticha n.sp.
iTuoTixoSy marked with (longitudinal) lines.

8 , 34-44 mm. Head and thorax fuscous finely sprinkled with
whitish, appearing grey. Palpi 1 ; fuscous. Antennae fuscous : pectina-
tions in male 4, apical two-fifths simple. Abdomen grey. Legs grey;
tarsi dark fuscous with white rings. Forewings narrow, costa almost
straight, apex pointed, termen oblique; grey with blackish lines and
strigulae; in addition to the transverse markings there is a short
blackish costal streak from base (rarely absent) ; also a short subcostal
median streak; cilia grey, apices partly whitish, with sometimes a few
fuscous bars towards tornus.

Queensland: Injune in January and February; eight specimens
(W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

17. Xyleutes reticulosa n.sp.
reticulosus, reticulated.

8 , 31-45 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi one-half ; blackish.
Antennae grey; pectinations in male 3, apical fourth simple, blackish.
Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous ; tarsi blackish with whitish rings. Fore-
wings narrow, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, oblique ; grey, paler on costal margin and a transverse band at
one-third, with numerous blackish transverse lines and some strigulae ;
cilia grey with whitish apices and blackish bars. Hindwings with termen
slightly rounded ; grey ; cilia as forewings.

Queensland: Injune in January and February; six specimens
(W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

18. Xyleutes secta Luc.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1898, p.63.

8 , 38-60 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi fuscous. Antennae
whitish or fuscous; pectinations in male 4, fuscous. Abdomen grey;
a subapical grey-whitish patch on dorsum. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous
with white rings. Fore wings narrow, costa straight to near apex, apex
pointed, termen very obliquely rounded ; grey with numerous transverse
fuscous strigulae ; a slender irregular blackish line from base of costa
to beneath apex; area between this and costa white with short blackish
costal strigulae ; cilia white with fuscous bars. Hindwings with
termen sinuate ; grey with a few darker strigulae ; costa suffused with
whitish ; cilia as for fore wings.

Queensland: Brisbane; Mt. Tamborine. South Australia:

Cradock. West Australia: Waroona; Rottnest I.; Perth; Geraldton.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) .

53

19. Xyleutes zophoplecta Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1902, p.202 ; Roths. Novit. Zool. 1903, Pl.ll, f.10 ;

Obthr. Lep. Comp, xi p.6, f .68 ; polyplecta Turn. Trans. Roy.
Soc. S.A, 1932, p.195.

North Australia : Bathurst I. North Queensland : Townsville.

20. Xyleutes coscinophanes n.sp.
kogklvo<I) avps, sieve-like.

$ 2 , 52-60 mm. Head grey, lower half of face whitish ; in male
wholly whitish. Palpi 1 ; fuscous, lower edge grey. Antennae whitish ;
pectinations in male 4, fuscous. Thorax grey. Abdomen grey ; in male
whitish except tuft. Legs grey; tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings.
Forewings with costa, slightly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded ; grey closely reticulated with fuscous ; white spots beneath three-
fifths costa and above two-fifths dorsum; in male these are larger and
more suffused; wing margins paler; cilia whitish with fuscous bars.
Hindwings pale grey reticulated with darker grey; cilia as for
fore wings.

West Australia: Waroona in January (G-. F. Berthoud) ; two
specimens. Type in National Museum.

21. Xyleutes opposita Wlk.

xxxii, p.5891. dictyoschema Turn. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1915, p.55 ; Obthr.
Lep. Comp, xl, f.44-47.

North Queensland : Cairns. Queensland : Stanthorpe. New
South Wales : Newcastle ; Sydney. Victoria : Beaconsfield.

22. Xyleutes doddi Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1903, p.306, Pl.xi, f.ll. coscinota Turn. Trans. Roy. Soc.
S.A. 1903, p.24 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f.28, 40, 53, 54.

North Australia : Darwin. North Queensland : Townsville.

23. Xyleutes nephocosma Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1902, p.201 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f.51, 52.
molitor Roths. Novit. Zool. 1903, p.307, Pl.xi. f.13.

North Australia: Cape York; Cairns; Townsville. Queensland:
Injune.

24. Xyleutes methychroa Turn.

Ann. Q. Mus. x, 1911, p.131. houlberti Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f.56.

North Australia : Darwin. North Queensland : Atherton ; Towns-
ville. Queensland : Toowoomba ; Injune ; Talwood ; Stanthorpe.

Victoria :

25. Xyleutes striga Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1903, p.307 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xi, f.55, 66. acontucha
Turn. Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1903, p.25.

North Queensland: Townsville. Queensland: Injune, Stanthorpe.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

26. Xyleutes polyploca Turn.

Ann. Q. Mus. 1911, p.130; Obthr. Lep. Comp. xl, p.6, PI. f.61-67.

North Australia: Darwin. North Queensland: Cairns; ML
Mulligan. New South Wales : Brunswick Hds.

27. Xyleutes euplecta n.sp.

€V7r\eKTos 3 well woven.

8 , 66 mm. Head grey ; face whitish. Palpi one-half ; fuscous *
lower surface white. Antennae white ; pectinations in male 3 and a half ;
dark fuscous. Thorax fuscous ; patagia and tegulae white sprinkled
with fuscous. Abdomen whitish ; a median stripe and terminal segments
grey. Legs whitish; tarsi dark fuscous with white rings. Forewings
narrow, costa straight, apex pointed, termen very oblique; grey- whitish
with very numerous fine dark fuscous strigulae; a narrow costal strip
from base to two -thirds white with few strigulae ; cilia white with dark
fuscous bars. Hindwings with termen scarcely rounded; white; a few
terminal dark strigulae; cilia as for forewings.

West Australia: Carnarvon (Edmond Station) in June (J. C.
Carnaby) ; one specimen. Type in Queensland Museum.

28. Xyleutes polyspora n.sp.

Tro\vo7Topos , many-spotted.

8 , 60 mm. Head fuscous mixed with whitish. Palpi 1 ; dark fuscous,
beneath whitish. Antennae whitish; in male bipectinate to four-fifths,
pectinations 5, fuscous. Thorax fuscous mixed with whitish ; with a black
inverted U-mark. Abdomen whitish barred with dark fuscous. Fore-
wings narrow, costa almost straight, apex rounded, termen very obliquely
rounded; pale grey with a broad longitudinal central shade before
middle whitish; the whole wing closely packed with minute blackish
strigulae beneath median shade ; several shorter narrower similar streaks
between veins in terminal area; cilia white with blackish bars. Hind-
wings with termen slightly sinuate ; white with some faint fuscous
bars.

South Australia: Wardang I. (W. M. Mules) ; one specimen lent
for description by Mr. F. E. Wilson, who has the type.

29. Xyleutes tanyctena n.sp.
tclvvkt€vos, with long combs.

8 , 108 mm. Head grey. Palpi 1 ; grey. Antennae ochreous- whitish ;
'pectinations in male 5, fuscous, terminal eighth only simple. Thorax
grey with an inverted blackish Y-mark. Abdomen white, towards apex
grey. Legs grey. Forewings elongate, costa straight to middle, thence
arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; whitish
strigulated, and towards costa and dorsum broadly suffused, with fuscousr
leaving a median whitish stripe; towards termen grey reticulated with
fuscous; cilia fuscous, apices partly whitish. Hindwings with termen
slightly rounded ; white, towards apex grey- whitish ; terminal edge
reticulated with fuscous and with fuscous dots on ends of veins; cilia
white, on dots fuscous.

Queensland: Morven (E. E. Barnard); one specimen. Type in
Queensland Museum.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) .

55

30. Xyleutes pycnosticta n.sp.

7 tvkvootlktos, densely spotted.

$ , 56-88 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 1 ; fuscous. Thorax brownish
with an inverted blackish U-mark; patagia sometimes white with a
blackish median bar; tegulae sometimes whitish. Abdomen whitish;
apices of segments blackish. Forewings narrow, costa slightly arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; grey coarsely spotted and
towards termen reticulated with blackish; apical part of costa and a
broad streak along fold sometimes white ; cilia white with blackish bars.
Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; whitish faintly reticulated
with grey ; cilia whitish, sometimes with fuscous bars.

South Australia: Wardang I. (W. M. Mules). West Australia:
Three specimens. Type in Queensland Museum.

31. Xyleutes leucomiOchla Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1915, p.55.

$ , 110-138 mm. Head grey. Antennae brownish-fuscous ; pectina-
tions in male 8. Thorax white partly suffused with grey; an inverted
V-mark and posterior margin blackish. Abdomen white, bases of
segments partly grey and partly fuscous. Legs brownish-fuscous. Fore-
wings with costa straight to two-thirds, thence arched, apex pointed,
termen almost straight, oblique ; fuscous or grey with blackish strigulae ;
a broad white median bar from base to two-thirds, there angled and
continued to apex; sometimes this bar is incompletely developed, some-
times it is joined on costal side of angle by an irregular white streak;
veins brown ; a blackish oblique streak from beneath apex to angle of
bar more or less developed; cilia blackish or grey, apices partly white.
Hindwings white ; terminal area reticulated with fuscous or grey.

Victoria: Nhill in December. West Australia: Cunderdin; Lake
Darlott, Eastern Murchison ; three specimens. The type is in the National
Museum.

32. Xyleutes vittata Wlk.
vii. p.1541. Zenzera congerens Swin. i, p.282, P1.8, f.5.

S , 55-70 mm. Head whitish; face orange. Palpi under 1 ; fuscous.
Antennae fuscous; pectinations in male 4, apical third simple. Thorax
whitish, with central streak and lateral streaks on tegulae fuscous mixed
with orange. Abdomen fuscous, sometimes mixed with whitish, apices
of segments orange, underside more whitish. Legs fuscous ; coxae mixed
with whitish. Forewings narrow, costa gently and evenly arched, apex
rounded, termen very obliquely rounded ; whitish ; costal border spotted
and strigulated with dark fuscous ; a subcostal spot at two-thirds fuscous
mixed with orange, confluent with costal series of spots; a submedian
series of confluent dark fuscous spots along lower margin of cell,
then curved upwards to apex; a more or less distinct orange streak
along lower margin of cell and base of vein 2 ; a dorsal series of confluent
spots from near base to tornus; a terminal series of' spots on veins,
sometimes connected by strigulae with median series of spots; cilia
whitish barred with fuscous opposite spots. Hindwings pale fuscous,
sometimes partly suffused with whitish; cilia whitish barred with pale
fuscous.

Described from three examples, including the type, in the British
Museum. There is also an example in the National Museum, Melbourne.

West Australia : Perth ; Bridgetown.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

33. Xyleutes decorata Swin.

Cat. Oxf. Mus. i. p.281.

$ , 100 mm. $ , 127 mm. Head whitish. Palpi dark fuscous.
Antennae whitish; pectinations in male 6, dark fuscous. Thorax dark
fuscous; patagia and tegulae whitish. Abdomen whitish; apices of
segments dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous with whitish rings. Fore-
wings rather narrow, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed,
termen slightly rounded, oblique ; dark fuscous with numerous circular
whitish spots ; a costal series of small spots and strigulae, some confluent ;
beyond middle a subcostal series of larger confluent spots; a median
series beneath cell; dorsal, subterminal, and terminal series; cilia dark
fuscous with whitish bars. Hindwings with termen sinuate ; whitish ;
cilia whitish with dark fuscous bars.

West Australia : Perth ; Corrigin ; Geraldton ; Mullewa.

34. Xyleutes pulchra Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1896, p.232, & 1897, P1.7, f.2 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f .48, 49.

$ , 74 mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi 1, closely appressed to face;
dark fuscous, lower surface white. Antennae whitish-grey ; pectinations
in male 4, dark fuscous, apical two-fifths simple. Thorax whitish-grey
sprinkled with fuscous and with an inverted blackish Y-mark. Abdomen
dark fuscous ; a median series of dots and dorsum of terminal segments
whitish-grey; first segment with a pair of lateral whitish tufts. Legs
whitish ; tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings. Fore wings narrow,
costa straight to three-fourths, thence slightly arched, apex pointed,
termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique ; whitish-grey with blackish
strigulae most numerous on costa and near termen; a small elongate
blackish mark in disc at three-fifths ; one or two blackish subterminal dots
beneath apex ; cilia white with blackish bars.

$, differs as follows: 125 mm. Thorax with interior of Y-mark
filled in with blackish. Forewings proportionately broader, elongate-
oval, costa moderately arched; blackish markings much exaggerated;
a blotch filling posterior half of cell; two large elongate spots beneath
cell, with a smaller spot beneath the first ; a series of elongate subterminal
spots. Hindwings with termen rounded, not sinuate.

Queensland : Brisbane.

35. Xyleutes stenoptila Turn.

Ann. Q. Mus. 1911, p.131.

North Queensland: Atherton.

36. Xyleutes nubila n.sp.

nubilus, cloudy.

$ , 90-106 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi blackish ;
lower surface white. Antennae whitish; pectinations in male 5, dark
fuscous, apical two-fifths simple. Abdomen whitish-grey; a pair of
white lateral tufts on first segment. Legs whitish: tarsi fuscous with
whitish rings. Fore wings narrow, straight to three-fourths, thence
slightly arched, apex pointed, termen straight, very oblique : whitish-
grey with grey markings, or rarely markings fuscous ; a broad suffusion
beneath costa near base, enclosing a small whitish elongate spot beneath

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) . 57

one-third costa, dark area broadly expanded in disc, continued by a
narrow prolongation to termen beneath apex ; cilia whitish-grey. Hind-
wings with termen straight ; fuscous : towards tornus pale grey, on costa
narrowly white ; cilia white.

9 , 142-170 mm. Head and thorax dark grey or fuscous. Antennae
grey. Abdomen grey becoming whitish-grey towards apex; without
basal white tufts. Forewings proportionately broader, costa more evenly
arched; markings similar but less distinct. Hindwings darker grey
suffused with fuscous towards base.

Queensland: Duaringa in November and December; Injune in
October and November: Talwood in January (W. B. Barnard), a series
bred. Type in Queensland Museum.

37. Xyleutes donovani Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1897, p.307, P1.8, f.2. cretosa Luc. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1898,

p.62.

$ , 72-100 mm. 9 , 94-135 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 1 ; fuscous-
brown. Antennae whitish ; pectinations in male 5, dark fuscous. Thorax
brown edged by an inverted blackish U-mark; patagia grey; tegulae
white. Abdomen fuscous; bases of segments whitish; apices brown.
Legs whitish sprinkled with fuscous; tarsi dark fuscous with white
rings. Forewings elongate, costa straight to two-thirds, thence slightly
arched, apex pointed, termen strongly oblique ; white with some grey
suffusion and numerous dark fuscous strigulae ; these coalesce into small
dark areas on costa at one-third and two-thirds; similarly formed is a
broad dark streak intersected by veins from beneath apex to dorsum
before middle; cilia whitish with broad dark fuscous bars. Hindwings
with termen sinuate ; fuscous ; a whitish terminal band containing fuscous
strigulae ; cilia as forewings.

North Queensland : Cairns. Queensland : Brisbane ; Tweed Hds. ;
Toowoomba. Victoria: Moe.

38. Xyleutes diaplecta n.sp.

3 ta77 Ae/c to? , interwoven.

$ , 60-64 mm. 9 , 70-80 mm. Head and thorax whitish sprinkled
with fuscous, appearing grey. Palpi one-half ; grey. Antennae grey ;
pectinations in male 4, dark fuscous, apical two-fifths simple. Abdomen
fuscous. Forewings narrow, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded ; pale grey with blackish transverse lines and strigulae ;
a broad blackish stripe from base of costa almost to termen beneath
apex; along costal edge of this a broad white suffusion containing few
strigulae ; along its dorsal edge a broad dark grey suffusion ; cilia white
with fuscous bars. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; fuscous;
cilia as for forewings.

Queensland : Five specimens all of ancient date, one labelled
August, the others undated. Type in Queensland Museum.

39. Xyleutes euryphaea n.sp.
evpvcjxuos, broadly dark.

S 9 , 58-68 mm. Head dark fuscous. Palpi 1 ; dark fuscous. Antennae
whitish; bipectinate in both sexes, pectinations in male 4, in female 2,
apical third simple. Thorax in male fuscous with an inverted blackish

58

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

V-mark, tegulae white ; in female grey. Abdomen fuscous, paler in male,
towards apex grey. Legs grey; tarsi blackish with white rings. Fore-
wings narrow, costa straight in male, in female moderately arched,
apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; grey with a few
fuscous strigulae; a broad dark fuscous band from base of costa, on
which it extends to one-third, to lower half of termen; a dark fuscous
mark on two-thirds costa; cilia whitish with dark fuscous bars. Hind-
wings with termen slightly rounded; in male whitish, in female dark
grey ; cilia as for forewings.

Queensland: Injune in October, November, and January

(W. B. Barnard) ; four specimens. Type in Queensland Museum.

40. Xyleutes pun ctifimiBri a Wlk.

xxxii, p.588.

8, 70-86 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; pecti-
nations in male 5, apical third simple. Thorax grey with an inverted
blackish Y-mark. Abdomen brownish-grey with numerous dark fuscous
transverse bars on dorsum. Legs fuscous; coxae and femora grey.
Forewings elongate, costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed,
termen nearly straight, strongly oblique; whitish, densely spotted and
strigulated with blackish between veins ; these strigulae are evenly
distributed and do not form blotches; cilia whitish with blackish bars.
Hindwings whitish; sometimes a few fine blackish strigulae towards
termen; cilia as forewings. Something like X. doddi, but the strigulae
are blackish not grey, and there are no blotches.

Queensland: Brisbane. By some mischance specimens sent by
Mr. Diggles from Brisbane were attributed by Walker to “Swan River.”

41. Xyleutes bipustulata Wlk.

xxxii, p.585.

9 , 76 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax dark fuscous.
Abdomen dark fuscous; apices of segments whitish. Legs fuscous.
Forewings oval, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded ; fuscous finely strigulated with blackish ; in posterior
area the strigulae form a fine net-work; a square blackish spot at end
of cell beneath two-thirds costa; cilia fuscous., bases paler, apices barred
with white. Hindwings uniformly fuscous; cilia as forewings.

This species is unknown to me. The description was taken from
the type in the British Museum. Its locality is given as Australia. It
is larger and broader winged than X. zophoplecta, without any whitish
suffusion in disc.

42. Xyleutes leucolopha n.sp.

XevKoXocfros, with white tufts.

$ , 68-100 mm. 9 , 90-138 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae
whitish ; pectinations in male 5, dark fuscous, apical half simple. Thorax
fuscous-grey with an inverted blackish U-mark. Abdomen fuscous-grey ;
a pair of lateral white tufts on first segment. Legs grey ; tarsi dark
fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrow in male, in female rather
broader, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, oblique ; fuscous-grey sparsely sprinkled with white ; numerous
dark fuscous strigulae, broader on costa and in terminal area ; an

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 59

inwardly oblique series of dark fuscous spots from beneath, apex; cilia
white with fuscous bars. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; in
male white; in female dark grey; in both sexes with slender fuscous
strigulae; cilia as for forewings.

Queensland: Injune in December and January (W. B. Barnard) ;
eight specimens. Type in Queensland Museum.

43. Xyleutes didymoplaca n.sp.

$i8v[jlo7t\clkos , twin-blotched.

$ , 100 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 1 ; whitish. Antennae grey.
Thorax whitish, anterior edge fuscous; with an inverted fuscous Y-mark.
Abdomen whitish; apices of segments pale grey; tuft ochreous-whitish.
Legs whitish ; tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings. Fore wings
moderately broad, costa gently arched, termen slightly rounded, oblique ;
grey- whitish strigulated and reticulated with fuscous; a short oblong
fuscous blotch beneath basal eighth of costa ; a pair of irregular confluent
fuscous blotches, first median resting on fold beyond middle, expanded
in mid-disc, continued by an oblique process ending abruptly beneath
one-third costa; second at two-thirds, of roughly similar shape, but with
costal process giving out a short serrate longitudinal line, posterior edge
oblique and prolonged to beneath apex ; costa and area between blotches
strigulated; terminal area finely reticulated; a terminal series of dots;
cilia whitish, on dots fuscous. Hindwings whitish; strigulae scarcely
indicated; cilia whitish.

West Australia: Waroona in November (G. F. Berthoud) ; one
specimen. Type in National Museum.

44. Xyleutes lichenea Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1896, p.601 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl., f.26, 27, 41-43, 69, 70.
olbia Turn. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1915, p.54.

North Queensland: Atherton. Queensland: Brisbane.

45. Xyleutes mackeri Obthr.

Lep. Comp, xi., p.49, f.14, 15.

$ , 130 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 1 ; dark fuscous. Antennae
dark fuscous ; pectinations in male 1 and a half. Thorax fuscous-brown
with an inverted blackish U-mark, lateral portions of patagia whitish.
Abdomen grey-brown. Legs fuscous-brown ; tibiae and tarsi dark fuscous.
Forewings moderately broad, costa straight to three-fourths, thence
arched, apex rounded, termen straight, oblique ; brownish with numerous
dark fuscous strigulae, which form a fine network in terminal area; a
broad whitish stripe in cell from base to one-fourth; a larger whitish
area on middle third of costa, on costa suffused, sharply defined in disc ;
a whitish elongate patch expanding from apex to disc at two-thirds ;
terminal area whitish with a fine dark fuscous network traversed by
brown veins; cilia brown. Hindwings with termen nearly straight;
fuscous-brown; terminal area whitish with fine fuscous network; cilia
brown.

North Queensland: Cairns.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

46. Xyleutes phaeocosma Turn.

Ann. Q. Mus. x, p.130 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xi, f. 16-19.

North Australia: Darwin. North Queensland-. Cairns.

47. Xyleutes platyphaea n.sp.

7r\cLTV(j)aios , broadly fuscous.

9 , 134-142 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 1 ; dark fuscous ; lower
surface wbitisb. Antennae grey. Thorax fuscous, lateral and posterior
margins grey. Abdomen fuscous; terminal segments grey. Legs grey;
tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings moderately broad, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; grey
with dark fuscous markings and strigulae ; costal edge rather closely
strigulated; an irregular blotch on base of costa; an oblique wedge,
narrow on costa at one-fourth, broadening to beneath middle of disc,
there deflected and forming a narrower irregular wedge to apex ; dorsal
area to middle with long strigulae; terminal area finely reticulated; a
terminal series of dots on veins; cilia white, on dots fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded ; pale fuscous ; terminal dots and cilia as
for forewings.

Queensland: Stanthorpe in December; two specimens (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

48. Xyleutes duponcheli Newm.

Tr. E.S. (2), iii, p. 282. tenebrifer Wlk. xxxii, p. 585; Obthr. Lep.
Comp, xi, f. 35-37. alboatra Wlk. xxxii, p. 589.

$ , 92 mm. $ , 116-160 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 1, ascend-
ing ; fuscous-brown. Thorax fuscous-brown with a slender inverted
blackish U-mark. Abdomen in male whitish, in female brown, in both
sexes fuscous towards apex. Legs fuscous-brown; tarsi dark fuscous.
Forewings rather narrow, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed,
termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique ; in male pale grey, in female
darker, in both closely strigulated and towards termen reticulated with
blackish; sometimes a suffused darker area beneath two-thirds costa,
and another above dorsum about middle ; usually an oblique subterminal
series of oblong dark spots; cilia brownish. Hindwings with termen
slightly rounded; in male white strigulated on terminal edge, cilia
fuscous; in female reddish-brown with pale fuscous strigulae, cilia,
brownish, apices partly white.

North Queensland : Cooktown ; Townsville ; Mackay. Queensland :
Yeppoon; Brisbane, Mt, Tamborine. North-West Australia: Broome.

49. Xyleutes sordida Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1891, p. 601. turneriana Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, p. 52, f.23-25,
38, 39. columbine Luc. Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1898, p. 64.

$ , 74^96 mm. $ , 100-104 mm. Head grey. Palpi one-half, appressed
to face ; blackish, lower surface whitish. Antennae grey- whitish ; pectina-
tions in male 5, blackish, apical half simple. Thorax grey with an
inverted blackish Y-mark, of which the interior is sometimes filled with
dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous ; terminal segments and tuft whitish-
grey ; apices of segments usually whitish. Legs whitish ; tarsi fuscous
with whitish rings. Forewings narrow, somewhat broader in female,
costa in male straight to three-fourths, thence slightly arched, in female

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) . 61

evenly arched, apex pointed, termen almost straight, oblique ; grey
sprinkled with whitish; fuscous spots more or less developed; some-
times a large spot in cell; another large spot above two-thirds dorsum,
usually connected by a series of smaller spots to beneath three-fifths
costa; an oblique subterminal series of spots; cilia white. Hindwings
with termen slightly rounded; grey in male; in female fuscous; cilia
white.

North Queensland: Cairns. Queensland: Brisbane; Injune,

Milmerran. Victoria: Moe.

50. Xyleutes liturata Don.

Ins. N. Holl. p. 4, PI. 37, f. 1 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xi, f. 20-22. casuarinae
H-Sch. Lep. Exot. f. 162.

$ , 64-184 mm. $ , 180-200 mm. Head brownish. Palpi 1, porrect ;
fuscous. Antennae grey -whitish or brown-whitish ; pectinations in male
5 ; dark fuscous, apical two-fifths simple. Thorax brown with an inverted
blackish U-mark and a slender whitish median longitudinal grey line.
Abdomen brownish-fuscous; apices of segments and whole of terminal
segments whitish or grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly
arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique;
whitish closely strigulated and near termen reticulated with blackish;
markings blackish ; a stripe on middle of fold ; a spot beneath middle of
cell; two longitudinal subcostal stripes at two-thirds more or less
developed; an oblique subterminal series of elongate spots; cilia
brownish. Hindwings with termen gently rounded; fuscous-brown;
towards termen whitish in male ; and in both sexes reticulated with
blackish; cilia whitish with fuscous or brownish bars.

North Queensland : Cairns. Queensland : Brisbane ; Bunya Mts. ;
Injune. New South Wales: Uki; Sydney. Victoria: Melbourne; Moe.
Tasmania : Launceston ; Strahan ; Hobart. West Australia : Perth.

51. Xyleutes durvillei H-Sch.

Ausser. Schmet. f. 63 ; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xi, f . 58-60. eucalypti H-Sch.

Ausser. Schmet. f. 163, 164. angasii Feld. PI. 81, f. 4. fuscus
Swin. Cat. Oxf. Mus. i, p. 280.

8 , 128-160 mm. ; $ , 170-210 mm. Head brown sprinkled with
white ; face brown. Palpi 1 ; brown. Antennae brown-whitish ; pectina-
tions in male 4, dark fuscous, apical third white. Thorax brown with
an inverted blackish U-mark ; patagia and tegulae fuscous sprinkled with
white. Abdomen brown or fuscous ; apices of segments white ; first seg-
ment with a pair of white tufts. Forewings elongate, costa straight to
three-fourths, thence arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded ; oblique ; brown, on termen and tornus grey, with numerous
blackish strigulae ; a suffused white median stripe from base to middle ;
a short white streak or spot in end of cell; sometimes a broad white
oblique suffusion from apex to near middle of disc ; cilia brown, some-
times with white bars. Hindwings with termen rounded; brown,
strigulated with fuscous except towards base; cilia white with brown
bars, on dorsum and tornus wholly white.

Queensland : Toowoomba. New South Wales : Newcastle ; Sydney.

62

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

52. Zyleutes edwardsi Tepp.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1891, p. 163, f. 1, PI. 1; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl,
f. 29-31.

S , 134 mm. 9 , 110-146 mm. Head grey. Palpi 1 ; grey. Antennae
whitish-grey ; pectinations in male 4, brownish, apical half simple.
Thorax grey sprinkled with whitish, usually with an inverted fuscous
U-mark. Abdomen grey. Foie wings narrow in male, in female some-
what broader, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly
oblique ; grey sprinkled with white ; usually without markings, but some-
times with faintly darker suffusion beneath costa and before termen;
cilia white. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded, in male sinuate;
fuscous; cilia white.

Queensland: Stanthorpe; Dalby; Injune. Victoria: Gisborne.

53. Xyleutes affinis Roths.

Novit. Zool. 1896, p. 600; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f. 10-13. magnified Roths. ,

$ , 102-160 mm. 9 , 180-210 mm. Head grey. Palpi appressed to
face; blackish, lower surface whitish. Antennae whitish; pectinations
in male 4, dark fuscous, apical half simple. Thorax grey; sometimes
with indications of an inverted U-mark. Abdomen reddish-brown, with
a central grey line from base, widening to include whole of dorsum of
terminal segments. Forewings elongate, costa straight to two-thirds, j
thence arched, in female evenly arched, apex round-pointed, termen j
slightly rounded, strongly oblique; grey; sometimes without markings,
but usually with fuscous spots; a spot in cell, two elongate spots above ;
and beneath middle of disc ; posterior to these an oblique series of spots ;
an oblique subterminal series of elongate spots; cilia grey, sometimes i
with fuscous bars. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; reddish-
brown ; cilia whitish, sometimes with brown bars.

North Queensland: Cairns. Queensland: Brisbane; Mt. I

Tamborine; Toowoomba; Stanthorpe. New South Wales: Sydney.

54. Xyleutes boisduvali Roths.

Novit. Zool. 896, p.232; Obthr. Lep. Comp, xl, f.5-8.

$ , 110-165 mm. 9 , 220 mm. Head grey. Palpi appressed to face ; j
blackish, lower surface whitish. Antennae whitish; pectinations in
male 4, fuscous-brown, apical half simple. Thorax grey with an inverted ]
blackish U-mark. Abdomen fuscous; terminal segments grey. Legs
whitish ; tarsi fuscous with white rings. Fore wings elongate, costa gently !
arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique ;
grey ; sometimes without markings, but usually fuscous markings are
more or less developed; a spot near base beneath cell; an oblique post-
median series of elongate spots, and a similar subterminal series; cilia j
white. Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; dark fuscous; cilia
white.

North Queensland : Cairns ; Atherton ; Burdekin R. Queensland : \
Brisbane ; Toowoomba ; Injune ; Milmerran ; Stanthorpe. New South
Wales: Barellan; Tamworth; Sydney; Tuncurry.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 63

55. Xyleutes perigypsa Low.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1915, p.479.

Unknown to me.

New South Wales Broken Hill.

56. Xyleutes pentasema Low.

Zeuzera (?) pentasema Low. Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 1915, p.478.

Unknown to me.

Queensland: Dalby.

4. Gen. ZEUZERA Latr.

Hist. Nat. xxiv, p.186.

Palpi obsolete. Antennae in male bipectinate to middle. Tibiae
without spurs. Forewings with areole long, strongly projecting pos-
teriorly, median cell present, 6 from cell or areole, 7 and 8 stalked,
9 connate or short-stalked, 11 from near base of areole. Hindwings
with all veins separate, 12 connected by a bar with upper angle of cell.
Type Z. pyrina Linn, from Europe.

57. Zeuzera aeglospila Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1915, p.53.

North Queensland: Cairns.

58. Zeuzera quieta Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.194.

North Queensland: Cape York. North West Australia;
Wyndham.

5. Gen. NEPIOMORPHA nov.
vr]mopop(f)o^ , infantile.

Palpi very short, closely appressed to face. Antennae in male bipec-
tinate, towards apex simple. Tibiae hairy. Forewings with areole
moderate, strongly projecting posteriorly, median cell small, 4 and 5
connate from angle, 7 and 8 long-stalked, 9 short-stalked, 11 from cell
shortly before areole. Hindwings with median cell present, veins
separate, 11 arising from cell beyond middle and running into subcostal.

59. Nepiomorpha cineraria n.sp.

cinerarius, grey.

8 , 29 mm. Head and thorax whitish- grey. Palpi dark fuscous.
Antennae pale grey ; pectinations in male 3, brownish, apical half simple.
Abdomen grey. Legs grey ; tarsi dark fuscous with whitish rings. Fore-
wings narrow, costa slightly arched; apex round-pointed, termen very
obliquely rounded ; whitish-grey with numerous transverse fuscous lines
and strigulae ; a dark fuscous costal streak from base to one-third ; cilia
whitish with fuscous bars. Hindwings with termen scarcely rounded;
pale grey with a few darker strigulae towards termen ; cilia pale grey.

North Queensland: Cape York in November (W. B. Barnard) ; one
specimen. Type in Queensland Museum.

K

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

6. Gen. BRACHYCYTTARA nov,

PpaxvKVTTapos > with short cells.

Palpi 1 ; porrect. Antennae in female simple. Tibiae without spurs.
Forewings with areole and median cell short, 7 and 8 stalked, 11 from
cell far before areole. Hindwings with short median cell, all veins
separate. Type B. cyclospila.

60. Brachycyttara cyclospila n.sp.
kvk\o(jtt l\o£ y with circular spots.

$ , 42 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey ; tuft whitish.
Legs grey. Forewings with costa almost straight, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded ; fuscous-grey with slender fuscous strigulae ; a circular
blackish discal spot at three-fifths; a darker basal patch to one-fourth,
edged posteriorly by a whitish suffusion ; a small circular blackish spot
just above two-thirds dorsum ; a whitish subcostal suffusion before apex ;
a terminal series of fuscous dots; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen
gently rounded ; pale grey ; cilia pale grey.

West Australia: Perth; two specimens. Type in Queensland
Museum.

7. Gen. PTILOMACRA Wlk.

v, p.1098.

Palpi short, porrect, hairy ; terminal joint short, obtuse. Antennae
bipectinate to apex in both sexes. Thorax and abdomen densely hairy.
Tibiae without spurs. Forewings with areole long, narrow, not project-
ing ; median cell long and narrow ; 7 and 8 separate or stalked, 11 from
cell before areole. Hindwings with triangular median cell; all veins
separate.

61. Ptilomacra senex Wlk.

Wlk. vii, p.1098. longicornis Wlk. vii, p.1522.

8 , 46-70 mm. $ , 84-104 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae
fuscous; pectinations in male 8. Thorax fuscous with a pair of short
white antemedian diverging streaks, iiodomen fuscous. Legs fuscous;
tarsi with whitish rings. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight
to near apex, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique; fuscous with dark fuscous markings; a suffused spot
at one-fourth below middle, followed by a grey- whitish patch; a sub-
costal spot at one-third preceded by a grey- whitish patch ; a suffused line
from four-fifths costa bisinuate to two-thirds dorsum; cilia fuscous.
Hindwings with termen rounded ; fuscous ; cilia fuscous.

New South Wales: Newcastle; Sydney; Jervis Bay. Victoria:
Beaconsfield Moe. South Australia : Adelaide ; Mt. Lofty.

8. Gen. IDIOSES Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1926, p.162.

Palpi short, porrect. Thorax without crest. Forewings without
areole, 7, 8, 9 stalked from upper angle of cell, 10 and 11 separate.
Hindwings with cell over one-half, median cell absent, all veins separate
except 6 and 7, which are connate. The position of this genus is
uncertain, as no mention of the tibial spurs is contained in its original
description, and I am unable to re-examine the type. I think, however,
that it comes near Charmoses.

65

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) .

62. Idioses littleri Turn.

Ibid., p.163.

Tasmania : Launceston.

9. Gen. CHARMOSES Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.194.

Face with anterior tuft. Palpi 1 and a half, porrect. Antennae in
male bipectinate to apex, in female simple. Tibiae with well-developed
spurs. Forewings without median cell, 7 and 8 stalked, 11 from areole.
Hindwings without median cell, probably from coalescence with the
acutely indented discocellulars as in Macrocyttam, 6 and 7 connate.

63. CharmiOses dumigani Turn.

Ibid., p.194.

Queensland: Toowoomba; Carnarvon Rge.

10. Gen. TRIGONOCYTTARA nov.

TptyovoKVTTapos , with triangular cell.

Palpi very short, slender, shortly hairy. Antennae of male biciliated
in tufts. Thorax with rounded posterior crest. Tibiae with long
slender spurs. Forewings with forked median vein in cell, median cell
long, areole small, triangular, not projecting, 2 and 3 separate, 3 and 4
remote, 4 and 5 separate, 6 from middle of cell, 7 from lower angle of
areole, 8 and 9 coincident, 10 from areole, 11 from near middle of cell,
free. Hindwing with forked median vein in cell, median cell short,
triangular, 2, 3, 4 remote, 4 and 5 approximated at origin, 6 and 7
separate, slightly diverging, 12 free.

64. Trigonocyttara clandestina n.sp.
clandestinus, hidden.

$ , 20-28 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous ;
ciliations in male 1. Thorax dark fuscous. Abdomen fuscous. Legs
fuscous with white rings on tarsi. Forewings elongate, suboval, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; grey, often
suffused with whitish on costa and dorsum, with numerous fuscous
transverse lines and strigulae ; cilia grey with an occasional white scale.
Hindwings with termen slightly rounded ; fuscous ; cilia grey, sometimes
whitish except on apex, tornus, and dorsum.

Queensland: Toowoomba and Stanthorpe in February (W. B.
Barnard) ; five specimens. Type in Queensland Museum.

11. Gen. COSSODES White.

Grey’s J. Exped. Discov. p.477.

Head with strong anterior tuft. Palpi slightly over 1, densely
rough-haired; terminal joint minute. Antennae simple in both sexes.
Tibial spurs well developed. Forewings with areole and median cell
narrow, 7 and 8 connate or stalked, other veins separate, 11 from well
before areole. Hindwings with median cell, all veins separate.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

In this genus as in Dudgeoiiea, Archaeoses, and Macrocyttara the
areole is completed not by an anastomosis but by the primitive inter-
radial cross-vein.

65. Cossodes lyoneth White.

Ibid., p.477.

$ $ , 58-60 mm. Head dark fuscous. Palpi 1 and a half ; in male
smooth-scaled, appressed to face, terminal joint short, obtuse ; in female
rough-haired, terminal joint hidden. Antennae blackish. Thorax fuscous
or blackish. Abdomen fuscous or blackish; apices of segments partly
ochreous-whitish. Legs dark fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded;
blackish ; markings well defined, ochreous-whitish but variable ; a subcostal
streak from base to near termen, there bent upwards to end on apex;
indented beneath or interrupted before and beyond middle ; a submedian
spot beneath middle of disc, another before tornus, the two sometimes
connected; sometimes a broad dorsal streak from base almost reaching
median spot ; a terminal series of small spots ; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
with termen rounded; blackish; cilia ochreous-whitish.

West Australia: Albany; Waroona; Pinjarrah; Jindong.

12. Gen. DUDGEONEA Hmps.

Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. xiii, p.227.

Palpi long (male 1 and a half, female 2), thickened with appressed
scales; second joint very long; terminal joint short, obtuse. Antennae
simple in both sexes. Thorax with a bifid posterior crest. Tibial spurs
well developed. Forewings with areole rather small, median cell
present, all veins separate, 11 from much before areole. Hindwings with
small median cell, all veins separate.

66. Dudgeonea lychnocyla, n.sp.

\vxvokvk\os, with shining circles.

$ , 30-34 mm. Head white ; face with a transverse brown line above
middle. Palpi reddish-brown ; beneath whitish. Antennae fuscous.
Thorax reddish-brown; tegulae except base shining white; crest partly
whitish. Abdomen brown. Legs pale brown. Forewings suboval, costa
strongly arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; brown ; three
clusters of closely aggregated shining white circular spots; first cluster
subcostal extending to middle, containing two rows of spots; second
dorsal, triangular, extending to three-fourths dorsum ; between these is a
longitudinal brown streak; third apical, from two-thirds costa to
mid-termen, containing two large and many small spots; central brown
area neatly defined ; cilia brown, on snots white. Hindwings with termen
rounded ; brownish ; some small whitish spots on apical half of termen ;
cilia brownish.

Queensland: Carnarvon Rge. in December; five specimens (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

67

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) .

67. Dudgeonea actinias Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1902, p.202.

North Queensland: Cape York; Townsville.

68. Dudgeonea polyastra Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1933, p.171.

Queensland: Yeppoon.

13. Gen. ARCHAEOSES Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1893, p.196.

Palpi rather slender, smooth, obliquely ascending; second joint
long; terminal joint short, obtuse. Antennae simple. Thorax with rough
anterior crest. Tibiae with spurs well developed. Forewings with areole
short, narrow, not projecting, median cell short, upper primary branch
dividing before discocellulars into first and second median, all veins
separate, 11 from before areole. Hindwings with median cell short, all
veins separate.

69. Archaeoses polygraph a Low.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1893, p.148. n&urotenes Turn. Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A.
1932, p.196.

Queensland: Brisbane; Dalby; Miles; Injune; Adavale; Cunna-
mulla. New South Wales: Broken Hill. Victoria: Brentwood; Sale.
South Australia : Adelaide ; Cradock ; Yunta.

14. Gen. CULAMA Wlk.

vii, p.1524.

Head with tuft of scales on dorsum. Palpi long, obliquely ascending,
smooth-scaled ; terminal joint short, obtuse. Antennae in male
bipectinate to apex, in female shortly bipectinate or simple. Thorax
without crest. Tibiae with well-developed spurs. Forewings with areole
and median cell rather narrow, 8 and 9 stalked, 7 stalked, connate or
separate, 11 from areole. Hindwings with median cell narrow, upper
branch of median short, running into a sharp angle of the discocellulars,
6 and 7 connate or stalked. Type C. australis.

Three of the known species are very similar. C. crepera from
Western Australia is known only from a single female example with
unusually long antennal pectinations (4), very dark forewings with few
strigulae, and partly whitish hindwings. In C. australis the antennae are
bipectinate in both sexes, the males are smaller than the females, and
the hindwings are uniformly fuscous. In C. mesogeia the males are
larger than the females, the female antennae are simple, and the hind-
wings are usually more or less whitish. C. caliginosa may be recognised
by its brown head and patagia.

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

70. Culama dasythrix n.sp.

Sac jvOpig, densely hairy.

8 , 36 mm. Head grey- whitish. Palpi 1 and a half ; whitish.
Antennae dark fuscons; pectinations in male 6. Thorax grey- whitish ;
some fnscons suffusion anteriorly and reddish-brown centrally. Abdomen
densely hairy; grey- whitish. Forewings with costa straight, apex

rectangular, termen rounded, slightly oblique ; grey- whitish ; markings
reddish-brown; a small patch of long transverse striae beneath costa
near base; a roundish spot above three-fourths dorsum; a large oval
subapical spot; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish

West Australia: Kelmscott near Perth in September (G. F,.
Berthoud) ; one specimen. Type in National Museum.

71. C ALUM A AUSTRALIS Wlk.

vii, p.1524.

8 , 46-52 mm. $ , 44-75 mm. Palpi in male 1 and a half, in
female 3. Antennal pectinations in male 4, in female 1 and a half to 2.

North Queensland*. Gilbert R. Queensland: Yeppoon; Gogango;
Caloundra ; Brisbane ; Toowoomba ; Injune ; Stanthorpe. New South
Wales: Scone; Sydney; Mittagong. Victoria: Moe. Tasmania*.
Cradle Mt. ; Hobart. West Australia*. Yallmgup; Dowerin; Perth.

72. Culama mesogeia Turn.

Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1932, p.195.

8 , 38-62 mm. $ , 35-42 mm. Antennal pectinations in male, 2 and
a half; antennae in female simple. Palpi 2 and a half.

Queensland: Clermont; Brisbane; Toowoomba; Dalby; Injune;
Carnarvon Rge. ; Talwood. New South Wales : Broken Hill.

73. Culama crepera Turn.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1938, p.152.

West Australia : Coorow.

74. Culama caliginosa Wlk.

vii, p.1533.

8 , 58-68 mm. Head pale brown ; face fuscous. Palpi 1 ; fuscous,
lower surface of second joint whitish. Antennae fuscous; pectinations
in male 5. Thorax grey; patagia pale brown with whitish posterior
fringe. Abdomen grey, tuft whitish. Legs grey with whitish rings.
Forewings elongate, suboblong, costa straight, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique; grey with blackish and grey irregularly waved trans-
verse lines ; postmedian line furcate towards costa ; cilia grey. Hindwings
and cilia grey.

New South Wales : Sydney. V ictoria : Moe. Tasmania : .

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN COSSIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 69

15. Gen. MACROCYTTARA Turn.

Tr. Ent. Soc. 1918, p.160.

Head with tuft of scales on crown. Palpi 2; in male ascending,
thickened with appressed scales, terminal joint minute ; in female more
slender, porrect. Antennae in male bipectinate to apex ; in female simple.
Thorax with rough anterior crest. Tibial spurs well developed but short.
Fore wings with areole long (two-thirds), areole and median cell
moderate, all veins separate, 11 from areole. Hindwings with median
cell small and very narrow, upper branch of median short, joining the
acutely indented angle formed by discocellulars, or absent through
fusion of this branch with discocellular, 6 and 7 connate or short-stalked.
Type, M expressa.

75. Macrocyttara expressa Luc.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1902, p.246.

Queensland: Brisbane; bred in large numbers by Mr. R. Illidge
from larvae tunnelling the stems of the “milky mangrove.’ ’

76. Macrocyttara pamphaea. n.sp.

7ra/ji(/)aL09, wholly dark.

8 , 32 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous. Pectus
white. Palpi porrect, exceeding face; fuscous. Antennae dark fuscous;
pectinations in male 2. Legs fuscous with white bars. Forewings
suboblong, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly
oblique; dark fuscous with slender blackish transverse lines and
strigulae ; cilia fuscous, bases and apices slenderly whitish.

Queensland : Cunnamulla in October ; one specimen.

70

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

INDEX TO GENERA.

Archaeoses Turn.

13

Macroeyttara Turn.

. . 15

Br'achycyttara n.g.

6

Nepiomorpha n.g.

5

Catoxophylla n.g.

2

Ptilomacra Wlk.

7

Charmoses Turn.

9

Sympycnodes Turn.

1

Cossodes White . .

.. 11

Trigonoeyttara Turn. . .

10

Culama Wlk.

14

Xyleutes Hb.

a

Dudgeonea limps.

. . 12

Zeuzera Latr.

4

Idioses Turn.

8

INDEX TO

SPECIES.

(Synonyms

in Italics.)

acontucha Turn . .

25

actinias Turn.

67

aeglospila Turn. . .

. .

. .

57

affinis Roths.

53

alboatra Wlk.

48

amphiplecta Turn.

10

angasii Eeld.

. .

51

arachnophora n.sp.

. .

14

australis Wlk.

71

bipustulata Wlk.

41

boisduvali Eoths.

. .

54

caliginosa Wlk. . .

74

casuarinae H-Sch.

50

cineraria n.sp.

. .

59

clandestina n.sp.

. .

64

eolumbina Luc. . .

49

congerens Swin. . .

32

coscinopa Low.

13

coscinophanes n.sp.

. .

20

coscinota Turn. . .

. .

22

crepera Turn.

73

cretosa Luc.

37

cyanauges n.sp. . .

3

cyclospila Turn.

60

dasythrix n.sp.

70

decorata Swin.

33

diaplecta n.sp.

. .

38

dictyoschema Turn.

21

didymoplaca n.sp.

43

doddi Roths.

22

donovani Roths. . .

37

dumigani Turn. . .

. .

63

duponcheli Newm.

48

durvillei H-Sch. . .

51

edwardsi Tepp. . .

52

epicycla n.sp.

. .

15

episticha n.sp.

. .

16

eremonoma Turn.

9

eucalypti H-Sch.

. .

51

eumitra Turn.

8

euplecta n.sp.

27

euryphaea n.sp. . .

39

expressa Luc.

75

fuscus Swin.

. .

51

houlberti Obthr. . .

. .

. .

24

leucolopha n.sp. . .

. .

42

leucomochla Turn.

31

lichenea Roths. . .

. .

44

littleri Turn. . . . . . . Q2

liturata Don. . . . . . . 50

longicornis Wlk. . . . . 52

lychnocycla n.sp. . . . . 66

lyonetii White . . . . . . 65

mackeri Obthr. . . . . . . 45:

magnified Eoths 53

mesogeia Turn. . . . . . . 72

methychroa Turn. . . . . 24

molitor Roths 2a

nephocosma Turn. . . . . 2a

neurobenes Turn. . . . . 69

neuroxantha Low. . . . . 7

nubila n.sp. . . . . . . 36

opposita Wlk. . . . . . . 21

olbia Turn. . . . . . . 44

pamphaea n.sp. . . . . . . 76

pentasema Low. . . . . . . 56

perigypsa Low 55

phaeocosma Turn. . . . . 45

platyphaea n.sp. . . . . . . 47

plocistis n.sp. . . . . . . 12

polyastra Turn. . . . . . . 68

polygrapha Low. . . . . 69

polypleata Turn. . . . . 19

polyploca Turn. . . . . . . 26

polyspora n.sp. . . . . . . 28

pulchra Eoths. . . . . . . 34

punctifimbria Wlk. . . . . 40

pycnosticta n.sp. . . . . 30

quieta Turn. . . . . . . 58

reticulosa n.sp. . . . . . . 17

rhaptodes Turn. . . . . . . 2

riparia Turn. . . . . . . 5

secta Luc. . . . . . . 18

senex Wlk. . . . . . . 61

sordida Roths. . . . . . . 49

spilota Turn. . . . . . . 11

stenoptila Turn. . . . . 35

striga Eoths. . . . . . . 25

tanyctena n.sp. . . . . . . 29

tenebrifer Wlk. . . . . . . 41

tigrina H-Sch. . . . . . . 6

trigonocosma Turn. . . . . 1

turneriana Obthr. . . . . 49

vittata Wlk. . . . . . . 22

zophoplecta Turn. . . . . 19

zophospila Turn. . . . . 4

Vol. LVI., No. 7.

71

SOME GEOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE PIONEER
RIVER BASIN AND ADJACENT AREAS.

By Frederick Bennett, B.Sc.

(With one map in the text.)

(Received 24 th April , 1944; accepted for publication 31 st July , 1944;
issued separately, 25 th June, 1945.)

INTRODUCTION.

This paper deals with the middle and lower portions of the Pioneer
River basin below Nicholson’s Crossing (Parish Abingdon, por. 1302)
and areas adjacent to this part of the basin — and broadly includes the
parishes of Hamilton, Ossa, Hampden, Bassett, Abingdon, Greenmount
■and Howard, all of which are subdivisions of the County of Carlisle.

PHYSIOGRAPHY.

The River basin is in thej lower part determined chiefly by (1)
The Northern Divide running S.E. from Mt. Dalyrmple to Kungurri
then S. of Mt. Martin through Mt. Toby to Mt. McGregor, then turning
E. by Mt. de Moleyns to The Leap, through Farleigh and the Black
Mountain thence to Glenalbyn, Glenella through portion 95, parish
Bassett past the head of Thornber Creek to Slade Point where it reaches
the sea — then, presumably, under the sea, to Brampton Island.

(2) On the west a granitic scarp from Mt. Dalyrmple S.E. to
Dun wold (where a lower part to the S. lets Cattle Creek through) then
by the Mia Mia Ranges S. as far as the west of por. 133, parish Mia
Mia (where it joins a spur from the Clarke Range south of Boongana).

(3) An eastern boundary coming up from Connor’s Range on the
S. through Mt. Bridgman, Mt. McBryde, Ben Mohr and Blue Mountain.

A low exit point exists round Mirani; Mt. McGregor lies N.N.E.,
the Blue Mountain is S.E. and the Mia Mia Range lies S.W.

The determining slopes are two — a slope S.E. towards the coast
between Dundulu and McE wen’s Beach — the other, the steeper of the
two, due E. towards Mt. Bassett.

The river therefore runs due E. from Mirani falling 171 feet in
25 miles and in consequence of this big fall there are few really big
pools. The river is rapid, and, running near the base of the igneous
north scarp for 25 miles, has a rocky bed as far as Dumbleton; it is
only at Foulden that tidal influences come into play.

L

72

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

1

Map of the Pioneer Ifover Basin,

GEOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE PIONEER RIVER BASIN.

73

The S.E. fall, however, has a noteworthy effect. The Pioneer here
receives many streams from the main scarp — the N. boundary — but not
one from the South or East.

The north branch of Sandy Creek, and Baker’s Creek draw water
from within a stone’s throw of the very river bank and three sugar
mills have happily utilised this peculiarity to dispose of their effluents
without contaminating their water supply. The creeks themselves show
the same peculiarity. Rocky Creek draws water from por. 104, Par.
Greenmount, on the very brink of Baker’s Creek.

GENERAL GEOLOGY.

The sediments of the area under discussion belong to the Bowen
Series, but igneous 'activity subsequent to their deposition has been so
intense as to obscure all but small patches of this series, this igneous
activity producing first an extensive series of diorites and later
rhyolites, the two types covering the greater part of the area and
obscuring the underlying rocks. In addition to these two main types,
others with their hypabyssal equivalents occur in the area.

As is well known, with a geological survey of this kind which
involves igneous rocks an intensive survey of an area is required in
order to produce a connected picture of the distribution of the various
igneous types, but as this is in the nature of a reconnaissance survey
it has been thought advisable to record localities of types rather than
construct a pretty picture based on insufficient data, and it is to this
end that the following types and their localities are discussed.

Diorites.

The diorites with, in places, andesitic tuffs form the largest and
most marked part of the area.

From Black Mountain, which dominates this igneous mass, outcrops
of diorite radiate in every direction — to Seaview, Green Island, Habana,
Eimeo, Black’s Beach, Slade Pt., Glenella, Mt. Oscar, Mt. Bassett, and
as far as Brampton Islands.

In addition to this large single area, diorite masses separate Goose-
pond Creek from McCready’s Creek on the one hand and Fursden Creek
on the other; Fursden Creek from the east branch of Nebia Creek
and also the eastern and western branches of Nebia Creek.

The interesting mass of Turner’s Sugarloaf (N.W. of por. 499,
Par. Bassett), which is weathered felsitic material (probably a dyke),
is surrounded by masses of diorite which occur on the hill to the S.E.f
and four smaller spurs to the S.W. Two branches to the north are
dioritic ; the more western of these drops considerably to form two yet
smaller ridges at the head of Reliance Creek.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

A dioritic mass occurs in the form of an inlier jutting up through
the surrounding rhyolite in por. 757, parish of Hampden; relics of its
former rhyolite cap form a scree on the lower flanks of its N.E. side.
Other inliers of this nature, in each case surrounded by rhyolite, occurs
at Dalrymple’s Lookout (this should not be confused with Mt. Dalrymple
which is many miles from this point) and at portion 648 and section 60,
both in the parish of Hampden.

Quartz diorites occur at Dalrymple’s Lookout, portion 11, Green-
mount, also at portion 661, parish Abingdon, and the E. side of Antoney’s
Crossing, S.W. 'of portion 534, parish Abingdon. These also occur at
Homebush Lookout, portion 441, parish Eton, Burgess’ Quarry, portion
1464, parish Abingdon, White’s Ridge, portion 1088, parish Abingdon,
and (probably) Hogan’s Ridge, portion 1302, parish Abingdon; also
the Quarry at Newbury Junction.

Basic Tuffs.

An area from portion 1547, parish Mia Mia, past portion 989, parish
Hamilton (in the river bed near H. Rowe’s), at McGregor Creek Bridge,
Toby Creek Bridge, The Dingle (E. of Marian), Reeves Creek Bridge,
portion 1274 parish Hampden and the mouth of Two-Mile Creek — all
show a friable, basic igneous tuff which is easily eroded or weathered
and abounds in brecciate ejecta. These always occur with dioritic
material and frequently intrusions of felspar porphyry type are
associated with them. ‘The exact relationship however could not be
explained on the data available.

This felspar porphyry which has a characteristic appearance also
occurs on a 'ridge just N.W. of Marian and on Hardwick’s Ridge, E.
of portion 1475, Parish Abingdon.

Rhyolites.

These rocks are best and most extensively developed in a belt up
do 3 miles wide on the north-western side of a line from Mt. de Moleyns
through Milton’s Knob, Banaghan’s Hill, The Leap and along Reliance
Creek until they give place to the diorites referred to above which extend
from here to the coast. S. of the river rhyolite caps the Green Knoll
Quarry — of the same general type as that which is to be seen at The
Leap. It also occurs in portion 641 Greenmount, E. of the Yellow
waterhole, and N.E. bf portion 1235 Homebush and a similar type at
the Grass-tree Gold Mine N.E. of Sarina.

The cutting at The Leap and the quarry at Green Knoll especially
seem to indicate the following succession — (a) the intrusion into the
Bowen Series of the diorite, followed by ( b ) the overflowing of these
rocks by several sheets of rhyolite (not necessarily contemporaneous).

Good examples of these rhyolite flows may be seen in the cuttings
between The Leap Railway Station and The Leap; while the general
sequence is best seen at Green Knoll Quarry. This rhyolite is frequently
friable in nature.

GEOLOGICAL NOTES ON THE PIONEER RIVER BASIN.

75

Speaking generally the more acid types, with preponderance of
rhyolites and sometimes the occurrence of granites (and their normal
aplitic modifications) with which they are associated, are in evidence
at Nicholson’s Crossing, Mirani Bridge, the southern flanks of Mt.
de Moleyns, the N. end of Reeve’s Creek, Milton’s Knob, Banaghan’s
Hill, Up. Balnagowan Creek to its head (and down its eastern side to
the E. side of portion 31v parish Hampden), then from portion 1356
Hampden along to The Leap, then along to portion 483 Bassett.

From The Leap a spur of rhyolite runs S. to the S.E. of portion
496 Bassett where it approaches Turner’s Sugarloaf. The rhyolite ends
at the S.E. of portion 757 parish Bassett, giving place to a diorite spur
which runs up past its end to Galea’s scarp.

Obsidians associated with the rhyolite are to be seen in the cuttings
between The Leap and The Leap Railway Station, and also on the W.
side of portion 1051 parish Hampden and in the S.E. of portion 500
parish Hampden; also at Mr. Peach’s home Sub. 67 parish 474 Hampden
they are particularly interesting.

Granophyre? occurs at the Pleystowe Railway Station.

Aplites are found at the Quarry Hill, N.E. from Mt. Oscar and
at the old Quarry at Mt. Bassett.

Trachyte.

Gibb Maitland has recorded the occurrence of trachytes at Mt.
Yince, Mt. Jukes, Mt. Martin, and I would record here the occurrence
of a trachy-rhyolite at Mt. Ossa.

Granites.

Grey Granite is found at Mt. Dalrymple and the Ben Mohr Spur.
Other localities in which granite types occur are Kungurri, a scarp

(running from Mt. Dalrymple S.E. to Dunwold, Connor’s Range, Mt.

Bridgman, Mt. McBryde, Ben Mohr and Blue Mountain. At Flat Top
II Island and Round Top Island a red granite occurs. At Eton Hill quite
an extensive microgranite occurs.

Sediments.

Where the sediments of the Bowen Series are to be seen they are
frequently markedly indurated from the effects of the later igneous
intrusions and extrusions.

Contacts of this nature occur at Pleystowe Railway Station, in the
' river bed at Pleystowe, at Green Knoll Quarry, New Walkerston Quarry.

| portion 105 parish Greenmount and on the eastern side of the stony
| divide between Baker’s Creek water and Sandy Creek water and the
| Boomerang Lagoon — the eastern foot of these stony ridges producing
bog iron-ore and excellent road-binding material due to seepage. Some
bog iron-ore is found on the eastern side of portion 1027 parish Abingdon
' and on the extreme southeast of portion 474 parish Bassett.

M

76

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The general attitude of the sediments of the area cannot be assessed
due to (a) their infrequent occurrence without an igneous cover; and
( b ) where they are visible in cuttings and sections they are invariably
covered with the igneous material and no dip or strike could be
measured.

Notably, patches of these sediments occur in small extent west
of Eimeo, in a cutting north of the Black Mountain but nearer Etowri,
near Cox’s, portion 474 parish Hampden and, as mentioned before,
small patches at Pleystowe Mill, Pleystowe Railway Station and Green »
Knoll. No fossils, coal or oil of any significance have been noted.

Copper has been worked at Bentley’s (Pinevale) and Bong Bong,
with rumours of a small showing of copper at Cazzulino’s and a poor
coal at Griffith’s (Two-mile Creek). Some quartz crystals have been
found near Wundaru, but, speaking generally, the nature of the igneous
cover does not tend to reveal metallic or mineral wealth in the Pioneer
basin.

My thanks are due to many kind friends in the Mackay district,
whose assistance in transport, hospitality, &c., was invaluable.

Vol. LVI, No. 8.

TRYON MEMORIAL LECTURE.

77

Henry Tryon — First Hon. Secretary, Royal Society of
Queensland, and his place in Queensland Science.

By C. T. White, Government Botanist, Brisbane.

(Read before the Royal Society of Queensland, 30 th October , 1944;
issued separately, 25 th June, 1945.)

Henry Tryon, one of the outstanding personalities of the early
scientific life of Queensland and a contemporary of such well-known
figures as R. L. Jack, F. M. Bailey, Jos. Bancroft and C. W. De Vis,
came to this State about 1882 and obtained his first official position as
an assistant at the Queensland Museum in 1883. He was born at
Buckfastleigh, South Devon, England, on 20th December, 1856, and died
at Brisbane on 15th November, 1943.

After a primary education at Sherwood College, he became a medical
student at the London Hospital, one of his instructors being the celebrated
Ray Lancaster, for whom throughout his life he had the profoundest
regard. Medicine, however, apparently did not appeal to the young man
as a profession and he left the hospital before completing his course
and turned towards the study of natural history. Tryon was a
naturalist of the old school in the sense that he was interested in all
branches of natural science and had a good working knowledge of
geology, insects, shells, birds, plants and general zoology. The more
exact parts of the natural sciences such as taxonomy and anatomy
appealed to him more than the philosophical, and thus it was that
Darwinism, with all its subsequent bearing on biological science, passed
him by so that he always seemed quite unaware of its very existence.
An indication of his outlook on science may well be ascertained from
the subject of his presidential address before the Queensland Field
Naturalists’ club in 1908 — “ Linnaeus and Buff on. ” It was of their type
that he was a great admirer.

One of his earliest exploits in natural history soon after leaving the
medical school was to travel through Sweden following the tracks of the
great Linnaeus collecting plants and insects, particularly the former.
This was a great joy to him, and in later years he often lived this trip
over again in memory.

Later he journeyed to New Zealand managing a grazing property for
his father, but here again the love of nature called him away on a lengthy
collecting tour. New Zealand hills having too strong a pull for him to
resist. He became friendly with Thos. Kirk and paid special attention
to the botany of New Zealand. It is pleasing to know that his collections,
which were extensive, have found a permanent home in the Queensland
State Herbarium, from where duplicates when available have been
distributed to kindred institutions. New Zealand made a strong appeal
to him and he always retained pleasant memories of the time spent there,
and never lost his knowledge of the Maori language. The life of a grazier
made no appeal to him, and hearing of the great possibilities of the
sugar industry in North Queensland and wanting to do something fresh,
he decided to come to this country. He travelled a great deal over much
of North Queensland looking at sugar lands, but there was one life that
Tryon was destined for, and that was the pursuit of natural science.
In 1883 he received his first appointment as an assistant at the Queens-
land Museum, then under the directorate of C. W. De Vis. After some
years as Assistant Curator at the Museum, Tryon was appointed, in 1894,

N

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

as Government Entomologist in the youthful Department of Agriculture,
later Department of Agriculture and Stock, and in 1901 became also
Government Plant Pathologist, holding the dual position until his retire-
ment in 1929. During these years he published many records of insect,
fungus and bacterial pests in his annual reports, which were mostly of a
voluminous nature. One of his earliest Departmental reports was on
the insect pests of the orange orchards of the Wide Bay district
published as Bulletin No. 1 (2nd series) of the Queensland Department
of Agriculture in 1894. Before this, however, and while he was Assistant
Curator of the Queensland Museum, he was commissioned by the Govern-
ment to visit the Darling Downs and report on the diseases of orchard
trees and agricultural plants. The results of this were published as a
parliamentary paper under the title of “Inquiry into Diseases affecting
the Fruit Trees and other Economic Plants in the Toowoomba District.’ ’
The Government, however, thinking this in the words of the then
Secretary for Public Lands (Mr. Hume Black) “Too valuable to be
confined to the shelves of a parliamentary library,” decided to publish
it as a special “Report on Insect and Fungus Pests No. 1” of the
Department of Agriculture, 1889.

Tryon was a man of very keen eyesight and was fond of examining
everything he picked up with a high power, small-field hand lens he
invariably carried. He was an expert section-cutter with the ordinary
hand razor, many of his sections I well remember having the appearance
of being cut with a heavy sliding microtome. He was a man of very
sharp scientific intellect, but unfortunately once he had made a discovery
was not inclined to tackle the drudgery of writing up his results in a
carefully prepared manuscript suitable for presentation to the scientific
public. Thus it was that much was never published at all and other
material was presented in a form scarcely worthy of its importance. In
this connection it must be recognised that Tryon during the whole of
his professional life for nearly fifty years was inundated with queries ;
before the days of stenographers and typewriters all of these had to be
answered by hand, and many of his letters were almost scientific treatises
in themselves.

From his arrival in the colony (now State) to almost the day of his
death Tryon took an active part in the scientific life of Brisbane. He
was the first Hon. Secretary of this Society, and Yol. i. of our Proceed-
ings contains a paper on the “Savo Megapode” of the Solomon Islands
by A. H. Kissack which was communicated by Henry Tryon and a short
note by Tryon himself on “A Locust Plague on the Lower Herbert.”
The early volumes of this Society contain several papers by Tryon, but
he ceased to contribute after a time, most of his work appearing in the
publications of his own Department. After a lapse of many years, on
27th September, 1926, he again read a big paper before this Society on
“Queensland Fruit Flies ( Trypetidae) , Series I.,” which was published
in Yol. xxxviii. of our Proceedings. This was the last big piece of research
work Tryon published. He was elected an Honorary Life Member of
the Society in 1929.

It is interesting to note that this Society, largely through the efforts
of its early Hon. Secretary, was able in 1888 to send H. 0. Forbes, the
well-known naturalist-explorer, the sum of £100 in aid of his work in
New Guinea. Forbes, though a capable naturalist and well known for
his work in Sumatra, Timor and some of the lesser known islands of the
Malay Archipelago, had great difficulty in financing this expedition to
New Guinea, and in consequence his travelling in that country was much

TRYON MEMORIAL LECTURE.

79

curtailed. A large camp was established at Sogeri and it was around
about here most of his collecting was done.

Tryon was the first president and one of the founders of the Natural
History Society of Queensland which was formed in 1892 and had but a
short life, ending so far as I can find in 1894 or 1895. The Society
published one volume of ‘ ‘ Transactions, ’ ’ which contains four papers by
Henry Tryon.

He apparently never took an active part in the Field Naturalists’
section of our Society, which flourished about the same time. This latter
from the commencement was mainly botanical, no doubt due to the
activities and leadership of Frederick Manson Bailey. The first report
of this section appeared in Yol. iv. of our Proceedings, 1887, and the last
in Yol. x., 1894. From this date the section lapsed, and it was not until
1906 that another Field Naturalists’ Society was established, the present
Queensland Naturalists’ Club, of which at an inaugural meeting on
6th April, 1906, Sydney B.( J. Skertchly was elected President and Henry
Tryon Yiee-President. Tryon always took a very prominent part in the
activities of this Club and in the early days organised many of the longer
excursions. He was also a President of the Gould League of Bird Lovers,
afterwards incorporated as a section of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club
under the title of the Nature Lovers’ League.

Tryon was also a fairly regular attendant at meetings of the Royal
Geographical Society of Australasia (Queensland Branch), but so far
as I know, except on one or two occasions, took little active part in the
work of the Society and never contributed anything to its journal.

In August, 1895. Tryon was appointed to visit British New Guinea
(now the Territory of Papua) to collect sugar-cane varieties, which were
sent to the State Nursery at Kamerunga, near Cairns, the Sugar Experi-
ment Station, Mackay, and the Department of Agriculture in New South
Wales. He had with him as assistant Mr. John Liverseed, of the Queens-
land Department of Agriculture, afterwards manager of the State Farm,
Hermitage, near Warwick. In his work, “The Queensland Sugar
Industry,” Mr. H. T. Easterby, the then able Director of the Bureau of
Sugar Experiment Stations, referring to this visit states: “Mr. Tryon
brought back sixty-six varieties, including the well-known ‘Badila, ’
which is considered to be the best variety ever introduced into Queens-
land. The sugar industry undoubtedly owes a great debt of gratitude
to the Department of Agriculture for this cane, to which the successful
cane-growing in the North is largely attributable. Seeing that in many
of these areas 95 per cent, of the cane grown is of this variety, it is not
stretching the point to say that quite a number of growers owe their
success as cane-farmers to it. ’ ’

Tryon had always taken a very keen interest in the biological
control of insect, fungus and plant pests, and as early as 1899 had
suggested the possibility of the control of prickly-pear by natural
enemies. In 1903 he was instrumental in importing from India speci-
mens of the wild Cochineal insect for trial in prickly-pear eradication in
Queensland. Unfortunately, however, this importation did not succeed
in the establishment of the Cochineal insect in Queensland.

In a paper published in the “Queensland Agricultural Journal” for
October, 1910, he strongly recommended that the “Government prosecute
inquiries in countries wherein the wTild Cochineal insect or insects are
indigenous, or have become naturalised on being introduced — e.g.,
Mexico, West Indies, Brazil, Argentina, Senegal, Cape of Good Hope,

SO

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

and especially in India and Ceylon. ” There is no doubt, I think, that
the suggestion eventually led to the appointment soon after (1912) by
the Queensland Government of a travelling commission comprising
T. Harvey Johnston (chairman), H. Tryon (member) and C. W. Holland
(secretary) to visit the many countries where prickly-pears were
indigenous or had been introduced and become naturalised, and to
investigate means of control that might be applied in Australia. In
“The Biological Campaign against Prickly Pear,” published in 1940
under the authority of the Prickly Pear Board, A. P. Dodd, officer in
charge of Scientific Investigations, stated: “The commission spent
eighteen months in visiting the many countries where prickly-pears were
indigenous or had become acclimatised, and in its subsequent compre-
hensive and most valuable report made definite recommendations for the
introduction under safeguards of certain insects and diseases from
America. During its travels the commission forwarded to Australia
from Ceylon small stocks of the cochineals, Daetylopius ceylonicus and
D. greeni; the former insect was successfully reared by Dr. Jean White-
Haney at the Dulacca Experiment Station, was liberated in the field, and
in the space of a few years almost completely destroyed the scattered
areas of 0 punt id monacantha. At this stage it should be mentioned that
among the prickly-pear insects encountered by the travelling commission
was Cactoblastis cactorum, larvae of which were found in the Botanic
Gardens at La Plata, Argentine. Mr. Tryon actually brought some of
the caterpillars alive to Brisbane, but failed to rear them through to the
adult stage. Had this effort been successful, the control of prickly-pear
may well have been brought about years earlier than has been the case.”

His wife predeceased him by some years and the death of his elder
daughter shortly before his own death was a great blow to him, as he
had bought a new house and arranged for her to live with him and keep
it on after his death. A son died in childhood. He is survived by a
married daughter (Mrs. Hubert Jarvis) and two grandchildren.

In appearance Tryon was rather tall and of medium build — in later
years inclined to be sparse ; he had a pale skin and always wore during
the thirty-odd years I knew him a moustache and short beard. He was
a distinguished-looking man and might be described as typically
English in appearance, or perhaps we should say nobody would mistake
him for other than an Englishman. He was a very vigorous man, and
one of his favourite pastimes was taking long walks in the bush. On
these occasions he usually walked with rather a loping gait, by which he
could cover many miles in a day. On most of these natural history
rambles he was accompanied by friends, but many walks were taken by
himself. In spite of the fact that he is primarily known as an
entomologist, it always seemed to me that plants claimed his main
attention on these outings. He was a very keen geologist and a life
member of the Geologists’ Association (Eng.). He always wore heavy
suits of dark material, even in hot weather, a large black tie, and single
standup collar. He had a ready wit, though his remarks were frequently
on the personal side and sarcastic enough to create for him some enemies.

His interests were not confined to science, broad though they were
in that sphere ; but he was an omnivorous reader of history, theology,
poetry, and the classics. He was a striking personality; his death left a
decided blank in Queensland natural history circles, and severed a link
with the earlier scientific life of the State.

A complete list of his publications was given in the “Queensland
Agricultural Journal” for August, 1929 (Yol. xxxii., pp. 178-183).

81

Vol. LVI, No. 9.

+ A NEW CERIOIDES WITH FOLDING WINGS

(Diptera-Syrphidae) .

By G. H. Hardy.

( Received 18 th October , 1944; accepted for publication , 21th November ,
1944; issued separately , 25th June, 1945.)

Genus Cerioides Bond.

Between 1922 and 1927, Shannon divided this genus giving names
that do not appear applicable to the Australian fauna. Ferguson (1926)
applied three of these names, pointing out that not all characters cited
by Shannon are present and there now seems to be no justification for
separating C. breviscapa Saund. from C. subarmata C. & B. on characters
used for the purpose; indeed they evidently form a natural group
together with the new species described below. Thus only two groups
can be retained to accommodate the Australian Cerioides until such
times as the world’s forms become better known. Of the twelve species
hitherto described, six belong to the breviscapa-group, distinguished
by the constriction near the base of the abdomen being excessive and
wasp-like, and to this group the new species is added below’. The
ornata-g roup has but a slightly constricted abdomen.

Cerioides breviscapa-group.

The two species which I myself have captured in the bush, had
their wings folded longitudinally when at rest, a character reported by
me in 1933, and I would suggest that all species with the character
belong to one natural group, but it is uncertain as to how far this
extends in* the group as at present understood. The character is
readily overlooked as the flexure neither occurs readily when in the
relaxed condition, nor is the flexure retained at death. The wing is
flexed upwards, bringing the halves, rear above fore, to lie in parallel
planes and not touching. Seen from above, the line of flexure shows
three straight lines meeting at two points, forming two obtuse angles.
This line of flexure has been traced by Mr. Edgar Biek and myself,
using a freshly captured specimen of C. subarmata , caught by Mr. Biek
on the large swamp at Sunnybank in August 1944, and this assures that
on all pinned specimens with a wflng folded, the feature is identical with
that of the living state.

The line of flexure runs at least half way along the anterior margin
of the alula, which normally is hinged to turn upwards on many flies,,
then passes at an angle to a deep crease just behind the median vein.

p

82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

and continues along this crease through the depression at the furcation
of the median vein, continuing without altering its course out of the end
of the crease passing over the intervening bend of the median vein to
the wing margin ; this last portion shows the wing to be, not angular as at
the crease, but bowed, and leaves no mark to indicate the course; and
further the surface is bowed between the alula and the crease, again
leaving no mark when the wing is flattened.

Key to species of the bkeviscapa-group.

1. Wings with the normal dip in the radial vein

Wings without this dip in the radial vein. Male with
the short form of antennal tubercle and the
long form of the second abdominal segment.
Female with the long form of antennal tubercle
and the short second abdominal segment

2. With the brown in the radial area covering the dip . .
With the brown of the wing much reduced and not

entering the dip

3. Antennal tubercle and second abdominal segment short

in both sexes

Antennal tubercle long . . . . . .

4. Face black in the median area, but a thin greyish

obscure median line may divide the black area
longitudinally

With the median facial line yellow. Second abdominal
segment long. Male not known

5. Second abdominal segment long; female not known . .
Second abdominal segment short; male not known . .

6. Thorax with vittae. Frons pitted on female. Seeond

abdominal segment long

Thorax without vittae. Frons not pitted. Second
abdominal segment short. Male not known . .

2

alaplicata n.sp.
3

6

breviscapa

Saunders.

fascialis
Ferguson.
subarmata
Curran & Bryan.
master si
Ferguson.

made ay i
Ferguson.

doddi Ferguson.

Characters given in the key are taken from descriptions, as the
material available for study is insufficient for a full revision. It will be
noted that not only does sexual dimorphism occur within the* group, but
also the males of three species are unknown, as also the female of one ;
hence it may be considered that subarmata and mastersi are opposite
sexes of the same species, but colour marks and their respective habitats
differ so widely that they cannot be conspecific.

Cerioides breviscapa Saunders.

Geria breviscapa Saunders 1845. — Cenoides victoria Curran 1925.

Ferguson overlooked this synonymy and neither he nor I had seen
Yictorian specimens, but judged the identity from specimens found in
New South Wales. As markings are liable to variation in this group,
such small discrepancies as those found in the descriptions arc not
important enough, nor sufficient in number, to permit acceptance of
more than one species. Moreover, the genus is mainly a northern one,

A NEW CERIOIDES WITH FOLDING WINGS.

83

ten of the thirteen known species being in Queensland and only four of
these ten having yet been recorded from more southern States. It seems
quite unlikely, therefore, that more than one species of the group here
dealt with can occur in Southern Victoria, and none are to be expected
from Tasmania, this being in conformity with other genera occurring
mainly in Queensland.

Ferguson comments upon the type locality “Port Phillip, South
Australia ” as an apparent misstatement. Nevertheless this was quite
correct, and the only alternative would have been “New South Wales ”
which, at that time, covered the eastern half of the continent which was
just beginning division into States The use of “South” referred to
location in the sense of southern, not to the State of that name which
was proclaimed a colony eight years earlier, 1836. Victoria, as a State,
was inaugurated in 1851, six years after Saunders described this fly.

Cerioides alaplicata n. sp.

Male. — The antennal tubercle is about as long as broad, light brown
in the colour, which extends a considerable distance around the base,
merging into the black-brown median stripe which occupies about one-
third the width of the face that is otherwise yellow. Below the yellow
•occurs an upward sloping line from the oral margin to the eyes, below
which the colour changes to black-brown, varying in intensity of the
black, to brown below and without a definite pattern, and further
-extends a short distance at the rear of the head, and above this the area
behind the eyes is black with a slight grey pulverulent overlay. The
-eyes are contiguous from the ocellar tubercle to two-thirds the distance
towards the antennal tubercle, where the frons is yellow as on the face
with a varying but narrow median brown area, this area forming part
of the brown surrounding and on the antennal tubercle. The antennae
.are blackish browTn with the first segment about as long as the remainder.

The thorax is black and quite normal, with two pairs of yellow
dorso-lateral spots and the scutellum is margined with yellow, but these
.yellow areas are liable to discolouration and reduction in size.

The abdomen is black-brown with the long type of second segment
The apices of the second to fourth tergites are margined with yellow and
these three tergites are equal in length.

The wings are quite normal in venation except that the fifth radial
is only sinuous, the customary “dip” being absent. The brown of the
anterior border extends over the whole radial area and also above the
vena spuria from the radial median cross-vein to level with the furcation
of the median vein. AVhen at rest the wings fold as described above,
and the characteristic crease that indicates the folding and lies adjacent
to the median vein is present. The legs are yellow to light brown with
the basal half of the femora black.

84

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLxYND.

Female. — This sex differs by the antennal tubercle being about as
long as the first antennal segment, four times longer than wide. The
black-brown frons strongly diverges towards the antennae, averaging
about one-third the head width, and is strongly corrugated over a large
black area that is divided by a smooth and brownish median stripe,
whilst a similar stripe lies adjacent to each eye, and a band likewise at
the ocellar tubercle, all merging into the smooth brown summit. The
yellow lateral spot at the transverse suture may become brown, reduced
or entirely absent, and the scutellar margin may similarly become brown,
as also the margins of the abdominal tergites. The second abdominal
segment is of the short type, being only about as long as wide, and in
general tone the female is slightly darker than the male.

Hal). — Queensland: Goondiwindi, 10 males and 13 females taken
together at a flowering shrub, probably Wilga ( Geijera parviflora) in
November, 1935, and in company with two males of C. opuntia# Ferguson

The name of this species reflects upon the habit of wing folding,
and many of the specimens have one wing in the folded condition, care
having been taken to restore and retain the position when mounting tho
specimens. The series will be distributed amongst various Museums and
other collections.

REFERENCES.

Curran (1925). Ainer. Mus. Nov. 200, p. 'L

Curran & Bryan (1926). Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, li. p. 193.

Ferguson (1926).. Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, li. 141, 517.

Hardy (1933). Proe. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, lviii. 420.

Saunders, (1845>. Trans. E!nt. Soc. London, iv. 65; PI. 4, fig. 5.

Vol. LVI., No. 10.

85

THE GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

By H. I. Jensen, D.Sc.

{From an address delivered before the Royal Society of Queensland ,
2 6th June , 1944; received for publication and accepted 28 th November,
1944; issued separately, 29 th June, 1945.)

1. INTRODUCTION.

There is a popular mis-statement very often repeated to the effect
that Australia is the oldest continent in the world. There is some
biological foundation for this belief in those animal and plant survivals
of mesozoic types of fauna and flora indigenous to Australia, such as
marsupials, the platypus, the macrozamia, inter alia, but such survivals
after all only indicate a condition of isolation extending back for
considerable periods.

Geologically Australia consists of old lands and new lands. A
considerable, in fact major, proportion of West Australia, the Northern
Territory and South Australia is composed of formations belonging to
the Archaean, Proterozoic and Cambrian, while newer formations
dominate in the eastern States, considerable portions of the Murray
Valley area being capped with Tertiary.

Central Australia contains some of the oldest geological formations
in Australia, but it would be a wild, unfounded and unproved state-
ment to assert that these formations are older than other ancient
gneissic areas such as those of the Canadan shield and of Central Brazil.

Even when an enthusiastic geologist tries to bring together in point
of time formations of the older proterozoic in remotely distant portions
of Australia he treads on dangerous ground. Honman, for several
years senior geologist of the Aerial, Geological, and Geophysical Survey
in Queensland, being himself a West- Australian, assigned to various
formations in the Cloncurry district the same names as similar
formations had been given in Western Australia. Much as one may
admire Honman ’s endeavour to simplify and connect up, the facts were
insufficient to warrant the correlations implied. For the present it is
better to use the alternative Queensland names of these formations, such
as the Soldier’s Cap, and Mt. Isa series, without any implication of the
one being equivalent to the Warrawoona or the other to the Mosquito
Creek series. The key to the correlation of the proterozoic rock of
Eastern and Western Australia has to be found by the closer study of
the rocks of the Northern Territory. Dr. Madigan (1931-1933),
lecturer in geology at the Adelaide University, closely studied the

Q

86

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Macdonnell Ranges, and divided and named the formations from oldest
to the Ordovician as follows : —

1. Arnnta Complex, very old gneisses, etc.

2. Perta-knurra, schists and quartzites with limestone.

3. Pertatataka, quartzites and limestones.

4. Pertaoorta, Cambrian quartzites and limestones.

5. Larapintine, Ordovician quartzites, shales and marl.

The names seem an abomination (and David (1932) spells Perta- as
Pata-), but nevertheless the divisions made by Dr. Madigan are useful
and safe. Correlation of these formations with others in remote parts
of Australia depends on extended investigations in intermediate areas.

The writer has had occasion to investigate the Lawn Hill and
Territory border area in Queensland, the Woologorang and Borroloola
area on the Territory side, and fairly extensive stretches north of the
Plenty River and also between Anningie and Barrow Creek in Central
Australia, besides having made extensive geological surveys between the
Gulf of Carpentaria and Port Darwin.

Some tentative correlations will therefore be ventured, in this
paper, although they should be regarded mainly as a basis for future
investigation.

II. THE CENTRAL AUSTRALIAN MASSIF.

The Macdonnell and Hart’s Ranges taken together constitute a
massif of gneissic rocks, both of igneous and sedimentary origin.
Together they form an anticlinorium built up in an archaean geosyncline.
In general the strata in the Hart’s and contiguous Strangway Ranges
dip to the north, and those in the Macdonnell Range, which lies south
of the former, dip to the south. Minor rolls occur on these two general
dips but it is safe to say that the limbs of the anticlinorium have an
average dip north and south respectively of about 30°, and it was on
that evidence that the late Sir T. ,W. E. David postulated a mountain
range upwards to 50,000 feet high in Central Australia in pre-Cambrian
times. The pre-Cambrian uplift was oval. The average strike in the
Hart’s and Strangway Ranges is not quite east- west but rather
W.N.W.-E.S.E. However towards the western end of the Hart’s Range
the dips tend to become north-westerly, and towards the eastern end
north-easterly.

The Macdonnell Ranges strike more nearly east-west in the
portions closely examined by Madigan. That investigator {op. cit.) has
given such an excellent and detailed account of the Macdonnell Ranges;
that nothing further need be said here about them.

THE GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

87

Right in the township of Alice Springs, between the railway
station and the hospital, there is a notable hill of orthogneiss (gneissic
granite) called Billy-Goat Hill. Along the northern road for 55 miles
north of Alice Springs all the outcrops are gneissic and mostly
gneissed igneous rocks, such as gneissic porphyries, gneissic porphyrites,
gneiss-amphibolite, etc. These gneissic igneous rocks appear to be the
oldest group of rocks in the massif.

The Macdonnell, Hart’s and Strangway Ranges, which form the
massif, are extremely rough in nature. High sharp ridges, often with
cliff faces on one or on both sides, steep cones and pyramids are a
constant feature. Alice Springs lies at an elevation of 1,902 ft. but the
nearby Macdonnell Ranges reach to 3,000 and even 4,000 ft. The plain
north of the Hart’s Range is also 1,900 ft. in elevation near the foothills,
yet large sections of the range average over 3,000 ft. in elevation and
peaks reach up to 3,600 and 3,800 ft. Nevertheless these high ranges
are traversed here and there by passes of much the same elevation as
the nearby plain. Such natural breaks are of structural origin, water
erosion having cut gorges along fault planes or dykes.

The great Central- Australian mountain uplift was already very
dissected before the earliest Cambrian strata were laid down, although,
as Madigan ’s papers show, further uplifts took place in the Proterozoic
and Cambrian in the same area.

There are two peneplains in evidence in this region, both of
Tertiary age, one about 600 ft. higher than the other. The lower and
more recent one is that of Alice Springs and the plains around the
ranges. It is probably post- Tertiary. The older peneplain (Birt Plain
peneplain) is probably Miocene or Pliocene. Both these peneplains drop
in elevation in all directions from the Cental Massif. A slow uplift
has been taking place in the Massif area in post-Miocene times.

The geological formations represented in the Hart’s and Strangway
Ranges are much the same as those represented in the Macdonnell Range.

The oldest rocks in Central Australia are known as the Arunta
Complex. Rocks of this series only occur in the Hart’s and Strangway
Range proper, though south of the main Hart’s Range (towards the
White Range) where it merges into the Macdonnell Range, formations
belonging to the Perta-knurra and Pertatataka enter into the mountain
building.

The oldest formations of the Arunta complex are strongly
metamorphosed and gneissic granites, porphyries and porphyrites, and
amphibolites are represented in them. The next oldest is a series
composed of metamorphosed and gneissic sedimentary rocks with inter-
calations of crystalline limestone. There are basic biotite-amphibole
gneisses formed from basic tuffs, biotite gneisses formed from calcareous
sandstones, and felspathic and quartzy gneisses formed from sandstone
and grit ; and apparently interbedded with these are zones of amphibolite
derived from basic volcanic flows, or perhaps from sill-like intrusions,

88

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

or both. The latest formations in the Arnnta complex, within the Hart’s
Range, lying in a few places unconformably on the gneiss series, consist
of quartzites, slates and schists. There is reason to believe that this
formation is composed of remnants of the Perta-knurra series.

North of the Plenty River and fringing the boundary of the Arunta
Complex there are areas and ranges built up of schists, quartzites and
arkoses and slates, highly inclined and often vertically bedded. These
belong to the Perta-knurra Series of Madigan. They were strongly
folded up against the older massif of Aruntan rocks. The same series
is noted in the Anningie Ranges west of Barrow Creek, consisting here
of hematite-mica-schist, and quartzite. This series ( Madigan ’s Perta-
knurra) is probably identical with the Mosquito Creek Series recorded
in other parts of the Territory and Western Australia.

Both the Arunta Complex and the rocks of the Perta-Knurra Series
are traversed by abundant amphibolite and pegmatite dykes. The later
series are not affected by them. It is therefore obvious that at the end
of the Pertaknurra (or Mosquito Creek) period there were great igneous
intrusions accompanying the folding of the rocks of that period. In the
Anningie area pegmatitic and gabbroic amphibolite dykes appear as
complementary dykes. Outcrops of granite of this period show up in the
Huckitta area and Tower Rock area north of the Plenty River.

It would take too much space to recapitulate Madigan ’s work in
the Macdonnells. It is sufficient to remark that the formations north
of the Hart’s and Strangway Ranges are, with minor modifications,
much the same as those south of the Macdonnell Ranges.

The Plenty River rises in the western portion of the Hart’s Range
and sweeps in an arc about 10 to 20 miles north of that range easterly
and then south past the east end of the Hart’s Range towards the
Simpson Desert. Both south and north of the east-flowing part of this
river there are table hills taken to be residuals of the Cambrian. These
hills show only low dips. North of the Plenty River the Arunta
Complex is frequently fringed by the Pertaknurra or Mosquito Creek
Series, steeply dipping and highly metamorphosed quartzites and
hematite and mica schists. Overlapping these, and only low-dipping,
there is an extensive series of quartzites with some rhyolitic and basaltic
rocks interbedded, but containing no quartz reefs or pegmatite dykes.
There are fault zones in these with the fault breccia chalcedonie. Over-
lying these and dipping at similar low angles and seemingly conformable
to the previous there are extensive areas of quartzite and limestone
which are regarded as Cambrian, as Cambrian fossils have been
obtained in them in places. The conformable fiat series under the
Cambrian has been regarded as the Pertatataka by Madigan, and the
occurrence of volcanic rocks in the series brings about a close similarity
to the Nullagine.

THE GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

89

That raises the question “What is the Nullagine”? Wide areas in
the Northern Territory and Western Australia have been assigned to
the Nullagine, which series is usually found to consist of interbedded
sandstones, conglomerates, slaty-shales, and limestones with intercala-
tions of volcanic rock, trachyte, andesite, dacite, basalt, etc.

David in “Explanatory Notes” stated that the Cambrian in
Australia was remarkably free from volcanic action and igneous
intrusions. That appeared to be true for the areas studied by him. If
that statement is capable of general substantiation the limestone
quartzite series carrying interbedded lavas in north-west Queensland,
the Northern Territory, Central Australia and Western Australia must
all be regarded as Nullagine. The more deep-seated intrusions which
caused mineralisation in the series must also have been Nullagine. Thus
the Wollogorang copper-field, the Maranboy tinfield, the Macarthur River
silverlead deposits, and possibly the Hatch’s Creek wolfram field, and
perhaps also the Tennants Creek gold-field and many other Territory
fields could be regarded as Nullagine mineral deposits.

Now there is no stratigraphical break between the so-called Nullagine
and the Cambrian in most of the areas investigated by the writer.

Wade in his long traverse of Northern Australia from the Kim-
berleys to the Gulf of Carpentaria came to the conclusion that much
of the so-called Nullagine was Lower Cambrian. He regarded the strong
stratigraphical break between the highly folded metamorphic rocks and
the gently rolling quartzite-limestone series as the base of the Lower
Cambrian, whether fossils occurred in the rocks overlying the uncon-
formity or not. Thus the Antrim basalts, which David placed in the
Nullagine, according to Wade lie between the lower and Middle Cam-
brian. The Edith River volcanics occupy practically the same horizon.

The writer agrees absolutely with Wade’s viewpoint. The andesitic
and rhyolitic volcanic rocks in the Wollogorang copper-field seem on all
known stratigraphical evidence to occupy a horizon in the Lower Cam-
brian. Tuffy horizons occur in the Cambrian Barkly Tabeland series
between Anthony’s lagoon and Macarthur Station. The writer found
a long wide diorite dyke penetrating a limestone-quartzite series near
Macdonald Downs Station, north of the Plenty River ; the invaded rocks
were regarded by Madigan as well as by the writer as Cambrian both
on lithological and nearby fossil evidence. Moreover, rocks of an
entirely Cambrian facies carry copper lodes on Yah- Yah Creek; some
miles from Macarthur Station; the Wollogorang copper deposits, dis-
seminated deposits, and the silver-lead and copper bearing reefs near
the Nicholson River on the Border are in what appear typical Cambrian
formations ; and Cambrian limestones contain abundant nodules of native
copper near Delamere and Willaroo Stations in the Territory.

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Evidence collected on the Lawn Hill field (N.Q.) indicated that
a granite intrusion at a depth, and not showing on the surface, had
uplifted the area forming a number of domes. The lower or Lawn Hill
Series, which may well on existing evidence be regarded as Lower
Cambrian, was greatly affected by the intrusion, and the upper, Con-
stance Range Series only slightly, as though by expansion through
crystallisation of the intrusive rock below. The Lawn Hill Series is
traversed by quartz reefs many of which contain rich lead deposits.

The break in the Cambrian during which volcanic and intrusive
action took place corresponds well to the break in the Templeton Series
in the Cloncurry district.

On present evidence the Nullagine is a geological scrapheap which
will have to be cut out or reduced. Much of it will as investigation
proceeds be found to be Lower Cambrian. The Adelaide Series, the
lower part of which David placed as equivalent to the Nullagine, is
undoubtedly Proterozoic and pre- Cambrian. The great glacial period
was late Proterozoic and anteceded Archaeocyathinae.

Evidence of glacial action of Pre-Cambrian age occurred as far
north as Borroloola. Cores from bores put down in 1912, and outcrops
of intercalated fine sandstone and shale in the Macarthur River gorge,
showed periglacial involutions similar to those described from North
Eastern Illinois by Robert P. Sharpe in J. Geol. 1, No. 2, Feb-March,
1942. The beds in which these periglacial involutions occur are
moderately folded and underlie the more gently dipping Cambrian rocks
of the Barkly Tableland unconformably.

Along the Northern Road Telegraph Line from Alice Springs
rocks of the Arunta Complex only are seen in outcrop for the first 70
miles. A small range, called the Hann Range, through which the road
runs before reaching Aileron, and its westerly continuation, the Reap-
hook Hills, consist of red quartzites dipping north at 20°, with some
reddish shingly or slaty rock intercalated.

These rocks are heavily faulted. They appear to belong to the
Adelaide Series. A few miles further north at Aileron rocks of the
Arunta Complex again appear. Beyond Aileron there are more low
gently dipping sandstone ranges, the Reynolds Range, and these too
probably belong to the Adelaide Series. North of these towards Teatree,
which is about 110 miles from Alice Springs, extensive areas are capped
with volcanic rocks — andesite, trachyte and tuffs of these. At Teatree
these rocks have been intruded by a laccolite of blue granite. Silver
ore is said to occur in kaolinised tuff in hills north-east of Teatree. North-
west of Teatree there is a group of high rounded treeless hills and some
spurs with cliff escarpments forming the Central Mt. Stuart group. These
hills have a remarkable physiographic resemblance to Lawn Hills and
have a similar dissected dome structure, and in the valley between the
peripheral hills there outcrops a laccolitic mass of porphyritic felspar
granite. This granite is in character very like that on the Queensland
border north of the Nicholson River. Some of the Central Mt. Stuart

THE GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

91

hills are traversed by large quartz reefs while others of exactly the
same formation have not been invaded by quartz, in which respect also
the hills resemble the Lawn Hills.

East of Central Mt. Stuart the road crosses some low hills called
the Stirling Hills. The rock outcropping on these hills is thinly inter-
laminated, coarser and finer red sandstone (dipping very gently north),
which appears to be of glacial origin. In the valley north of these hills
there are basalts, andesites and rhyolites, tentatively assigned to the
Nullagine. Further north at Barrow Creek faulting again brings the
Arunta Complex to the surface, and north of a narrow east-west horst
of Aruntan rocks there is a large intrusion of porphyritic dark granite.
This is followed further north by more formations of volcanic nature,
a mass of rocks of Mosquito Creek formation on Neutral Downs, and
another mass of Mosquito Creek rock further west at the Anningie tin-
field.

Several other ranges further north consist of quartzites and schists
probably of Mosquito Creek age, but no rocks of a Cambrian limestone
facies were seen along the Northern Road, south of Wauchope Creek.

The Cambrian sedimentary rocks are probably much more extensive
in the Eastern half of Central Australia than in the western half. In
the eastern half they extended with interruptions from the Plenty
River to Lawn Hill. In the Western half the volcanic rocks of andesitic
and trachytic nature are very widespread, and though they are at
present regarded as Nullagine they may be Lower Cambrian. They are
said to dominate over most of the country between Teatree and the
Granites. The writer has not personally been beyond Anningie from
the Alice Springs end, nor beyond Tanami from the Darwin end.

The volcanics in the Anningie area north-west of Teatree show a
strong tendency to laterisation and kaolinisation with subsequent dissec-
tion of the laterites. This appears to be the result of a wet climate
in the Pliocene or thereabout.

The only extensively developed rock series later than the Cambrian
in Central Australia is the Ordovician Larapintine System consisting
of gently folded to flat calcareous sandstones, shales and marls. They
contain no dykes or intrusions whatever, according to experience up to
the present.

There are small pockets of late Tertiary rocks in many places,
and large areas capped often to a depth of up to 600 ft. with wind-blown
sand. The valleys now filled with these quaternary sand deposits were
probably carved in the moister Pliocene period.

III. MINERAL DEPOSITS IN CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

Central Australia is not rich in economic minerals, at least not the
easily accessible parts.

92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

South of the Macdonnell Ranges at Rumbellara there are ochre*
deposits worked. In the Hart's Range and in the Strangway Range
there are numerous muscovite deposits and at least one large phlogopite
deposit. The commercial muscovite always occurs in lenticular mica-
rich shoots or bunches in pegmatite dykes. The phlogopite mica is in
the main occurrence developed in an ultrabasic dyke which has differen-
tiated into an olivine rock in the centre (dunite) and augite-enstalite
rocks on the two walls. Each of the three sections is 30 ft. or more in
width, and the phlogopite occurs along veins in the olivine rock.
Potassic solutions from the later pegmatite dykes have played a part in
producing the phlogopite. This occurrence is in the Strangway Range.

Phlogopite in small uncommercial books occurs in several other
localities, e.g., in basic dykes in the Hart's Range and in limestone as
well as gabbro at the large apatite deposit 90 miles from Alice Springs
on the Hart’s Range Road. The apatite occurrence mentioned is one
of great dimensions and excellent purity. It is produced as a pneumato-
lytic emanation from a large basic intrusion and largely replaces Aruntan
crystalline limestone. Garnets are very abundant in numerous
formations in the Hart’s and Macdonnell Ranges, and they are most
plentifully and perfectly developed in certain amphibolite zones. Though
ruby and sapphire should occur in the Central Australian massif, it is.
doubtful if any have yet been found. The Macdonnell Range ‘‘ruby”’
is mostly garnet.

There is in the Hart’s Range an asbestos occurrence of some
magnitude, and in the plains north of the Plenty River there are large
kaolin deposits fringing the Aruntan rocks. In Mount Strangway there
are large developments of kyanite rock accompanied by staurolite. How-
ever all these minerals are so low-priced that it does not pay to mine any
except the mica.

Beryl occurs in the pegmatite dykes but is subordinate in amount.

In addition to mica, wolfram, tin and tantalite are pegmatite
minerals; but as these minerals hug the contacts of the large granite
masses and as the granites from which the pegmatite dykes are offshoots
are deeply buried under the Hart’s and Strangway Ranges these
minerals do not occur in that area, but do make their appearance in
both Aruntan and Mosquito Creek rocks where intrusive granites occur
nearby. Thus wolfram occurs in an aplite-pegmatite dyke north of the
Plenty River and also in a similar rock about 10 miles north-west of
Barrow Creek, the dykes in each case intruding Arunta Complex. Tin
occurs with tantalite in aplite-pegmatite dykes at Anningie intruding
Mosquito Creek rocks.

In the Jervois Range, which the writer has not visited, about 300
miles north-east of Alice Springs, there are great silver-lead and copper
deposits in fissure lodes in rocks which correspond to the Mosquito Creek
Series, and at the Home of Bullion Mine about the same distance north
of Alice Springs there are large copper lodes. But it does not pay
to work these metals at present. Smaller copper lodes also occur about
80 miles north-east of Alice Springs in limestone of the Arunta Complex,

TfiE GEOLOGY OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.

93

All the above minerals were introduced by the igneous intrusions
which succeeded the deposition and folding of the Perta-knurra and
Mosquito Creek sediments. Apart from mica and specially rich deposits
of tin, tantalite and wolfram, the only profitably worked mineral is gold.
The Tennants Creek field has come to stay. There is gold at the
Granites and at Tanami, and there is a vast area of country north-west
of Barrow Creek towards Tanami which may yet produce many good
goldfields. Owing to* surface water being absent except in the heaviest
of rains this area is difficult to prospect, and has not been properly
prospected. In this area there are many laccolitic granite intrusions
which belong to the Nullagine, or more likely early Cambrian period.
These granites introduced copper, silver-lead and gold in places (as they
have done north-east of Barrow Creek, at Wollogorang, Lawn Hill, etc.,
near the Queensland border) . As disseminated copper and lead ores occur
in connection with this last igneous period, the evidence of ore deposits
is obscure unless very careful search is made.

There is a vast amount of geological work and work on ore deposits
yet to be done in the Territory.

IV. THE WATER PROBLEM.

Central Australia is almost devoid of permanent waters, hence
there is everywhere need for more bores. Unfortunately there are no
artesian or even subartesian basins in this part of the Territory. Sub-
artesian waters are more generally found about 400 miles north of Alice
Springs in the extensive Cambrian belt of the Barkly Tableland and
near the South Australian border also in the Cambrian. The vast inter-
mediate area only carries water in odd small localised pockets, or in
fault zones. Pegmatite dykes often serve to dam back and hold moderate
quantities of water in fractures in the Aruntan rocks in the Hart’s
Range.

During the last couple of years a vast amount of water drilling
has been carried out by the army and Allied Works Council, sometimes
without competent geological advice ; hence failures have been numerous.
The choice of bore sites is a task which can only be satisfactorily carried
out by a competent geologist.

Alice Springs is unique in Central Australia in having a large
underground water supply. An eroded valley between the Macdonnell
Range and Birt Upland Plain has been deeply silted up with sand and
its outlet must have been partly blocked by land-slip. Consequently
the floods of the Todd River and branches charge these sands with water,
which can stand being drawn on heavily.

V. THE SOILS.

The ranges and hills in Central Australia have little soil and little
vegetation. Between the ranges there are large plain areas in which
bores in search of water have often gone 600 to 700 ft. before meeting
with rock. The soils are windblown mostly, — a kind of loess. They are

R

94

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

usually reddish in colour. If water were available for irrigation they
would be highly productive, for the nature of their origin, viz., wind-
blown detritus from all kinds of formations, ensures that they are rich
in all mineral plant foods.

At Alice Springs, with irrigation, magnificent citrus fruit and
grapes are grown, and excellent vegetables can be produced wherever
water is available.

REFERENCES.

David, T. W. E. (1932). Explanatory Notes to accompany a New Geological Map
of the Commonwealth of Australia. Sydney.

Madigan, C. T. (1931). “The Physiography of the Western Macdonnell Ranges,
Central Australia. * * Geogr. J. lxxviii, No. 5.

(1932a). “The Geology of the Western Macdonnell Ranges, Central

Australia. * ’ Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London, lxxxviii.

(1932b). “The Geology of the Eastern Macdonnell Ranges, Central

Australia. ” Trans. Boy. Soc. S. Austr. lvi.

(1933). “The Geology of the Macdonnell Ranges and Neighbour-
hood, Central Australia.* ’ B'ep. Austr. and N. Zeal. Assoc. Adv. Sci. xxi.

Vol. LVI, No. 11.

95

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TER-
TIARY BASINS, AND THEIR BEARING
ON THE CORRELATION OF THE STRATA.

By A. W. Beasley, M.Sc., Department of Geology, University of

Queensland.

(With Plate YI. and one text-figure.)

{Received 23 rd November ; accepted for publication, 11th December,
1944; issued separately, 29th June, 1945.)

Summary

Part I. Introduction

Introductory and Historical

The Value and Limitations of the Queensland Tertiary Ostracods
Part II. Systematic Descriptions
Part III. Correlation of Deposits

A. The Narrows —

General Aspects
Species Occurrence Chart Lists
Zonal Correlations
Discussion

B. Petrie Series —

General Aspects
Discussion

C. Baffle Creek —

General Aspects
Discussion

Part IV. General Conclusions

F Acknowledgments

Bibliography

!.

SUMMARY.

This paper indicates the present and the potential value of the
Ostracoda in Queensland Tertiary stratigraphy. The ostracods contained
in samples from eight boreholes in The Narrows Tertiary basin are
described, and shown to be of value in enabling a zonation and approxi-
mate correlation of the strata to be drawn up. Ostracods from the Petrie
Series and the Baffle Creek Tertiaries are also described, and the faunas
compared with those of The Narrows Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains
Series. As the result of this work, a probable Miocene age is suggested
for both The Narrows Tertiaries and the Petrie Series, and a probable
Oligocene age for the Baffle Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains
Series. The environmental conditions of deposition and origin of the
ostracod-bearing shales in the'se basins, together with other related data,
are discussed.

PART I.— INTRODUCTION.

Introductory and Historical.

The most abundant of the microfossils that have been found in the
Tertiary shales of Queensland are the Ostracoda. They are sometimes so
abundant, and other fossils are so rare, that a palaeontological study of
the strata is virtually a study of the contained ostracods.

R

Page.

95

95

95

97

99

111

111

113

114
116

118

119

120
121

121

122

123

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Although, ostracods have been recorded from seven of the Tertiary
basins in the eastern part of Queensland, very little attention has been
given to their systematic study in the past.

The first reference to the occurrence of these small crustaceans in
Queensland was made early in the year 1914, when Ball (1914a, p. 21)
recorded “ great numbers of minute, flattened oval bodies’ ’ which he
regarded “as the remains of ostracods” in the oil shales of the Baffle
Creek Tertiaries between Bundaberg and Gladstone. Shortly after this,
he (1914b, p. 73) also recorded “minute, reniform bodies — between

and xV in. in length — showing in vast numbers on the bedding
planes of some of the shales” of The Narrows Tertiaries between Glad-
stone and Rockhampton, and stated that “they were much like the
ostracod Cypris.” In 1916 Ball (1916a, p. 15), reporting on the
Lowmead No. 1 Bore in the Baffle Creek Tertiaries, again referred to
“the small, white, reniform bodies so characteristic of the shales, and
especially of the oil shales” as ostracods. He mentioned that they were
“seldom more than in. in diameter, and were enveloped by a thin,
unsculptured, but cracked coat of a bluish-white, brittle, opalescent
substance, which was found on chemical analysis to consist of carbonate
of lime.” Later in the same year, Ball (1916b, p. 213) recorded from
the Nagoorin Series, near Many Peaks, an “exposure of oil shales on
Ubobo Creek, identical with those met in sinking and boring at Lowmead,
even to the contained Entomostraca. ” In 1924 Jensen (p. 287), report-
ing on the progress of the Australian Oil Corporation’s bore on Dunn’s
farm near Beaudesert, 40 miles south of Brisbane, stated that “the
shales from 140 ft. to 180 ft. contained abundant ostracod remains,
especially from 160 ft.” Subsequently Ball (1924, p. 364) referred to
these Tertiary ostracods and stated that “they are massed to the
extinction of their individual outlines along some of the bedding planes,
the proportion of ostracod to the total bulk of the shale reaching
sometimes as much as 10 per cent., where several such crowded planes
occur together.” In 1927 Jones (p. 38) recorded fossil ostracods from
the Redbank Plains Series, in bituminous shales on portions 118, 119, and
120, parish of Bundamba, about 12 miles south-west of Brisbane, and
described them as “numerous small oval bodies.” In 1932 David
(Table I.) recorded “ostracod and sporangia shales” from the Diiaringa
Tertiaries, between Rockhampton and Emerald. Ostracods have also
been recorded from several places in the Petrie Series, north of Brisbane.
In 1932, Ball (p. 384) discovered numerous small “flattened kidney-
shaped bodies which Whitehouse identified as an ostracod allied to the
genus Cypris in fissile, low-grade oil shales on the spoil heap of
Simpson’s well, in portion 186, parish of Nundah, about one mile E.S.E.
of Bald Hills. Finally, the present writer (1944) has recorded ostracods
from Brecknell’s bore on portion 222, parish of Warner, north-west of
Strathpine, from portion 190, parish of Warner, some two miles west
of Strathpine, and from Houghton’s bore on portion 24, parish of
Warner, about one-quarter of a mile north of Lawnton, stating that “in
some cases the bedding planes of the shales are so packed with white,
chitino-calcareous, carapace valves that other material is almost
excluded. ’ ’

Only one short paper dealing with the systematic description and
identification of any of these ostracods has so far been published —
namely, Chapman’s “Report on Samples of Surface Tertiary Rocks and
a Bore Sample containing Ostracoda from Queensland” (1935, pp.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 97

66-71). In that paper Chapman described the ostracods contained in a
small collection of samples from the Redbank Plains Series, the
Australian Oil Corporation’s No. 2 Bore on Dunn’s Farm near Beau-
desert, and the Lowmead No. 1 Bore in the Baffle Creek Tertiaries. He
briefly described two new freshwater species, Erpetocypris aeqwalis and
Cypridopsis compressa, and identified a third as the well-known estuarine
and marine species Cythere crispata from the Redbank Plains Series.
He also described a new species (?) Cythere queenslandiae and
recorded Krithe cf. reniformis (Brady) from the Beaudesert Tertiaries,
and stated (1935, p. 67) that although the Lowmead ostracods were too
crushed to describe in detail, they were “apparently referable to the
genera Pontocypris, Cythere, and Paradoxostoma.” On the evidence of
the associated freshwater and estuarine or marine ostracods Chapman
concluded that the Redbank Plains basin was a lacustrine area open
intermittently to a shallow sea, that the Beaudesert Tertiaries were of
shallow marine or estuarine origin, and that the Lowmead ostracods
indicated a shallow-water marine deposit. Both Reid and Richards
(1935, p. xiv), discussing this paper, however, have said that “field
evidence could not support marine incursions of these basins.” With
reference to the age of these Tertiaries, Chapman (1935, p. 70) stated that
although “the Ostracoda give no very decisive data as to the age of the
various beds other than Tertiary, the rocks may range from Lower
Miocene, or even older, to Pliocene.” Apart from the above paper,
Chapman (in Ball, 1932, p. 384) has briefly reported on the ostracods
from Simpson’s well near Bald Hills in the Petrie Series, stating that
“their generic affinity is very obscure, and that they can be referred to
as (?) Cyprids only.” The present writer (1944) has also referred to
the presence of Erpetocypris aequaLis Chapman along with other
ostracods in the Petrie Series.

Thus, although the Queensland Tertiary fauna is rich in ostracod
remains, it is apparent that the detailed palaeontological study and
identification of these small crustaceans is almost a virgin field.

The Value and Limitations of the Queensland Tertiary Ostracods.

Since the birth of the utilitarian science of micropalaeontology some
twenty-five years ago, work on fossil ostracods has increased considerably
in certain parts of the world. This has mainly been due to the import-
ance of these small crustaceans in economic geology as it has been realised
that they can be satisfactorily used for purposes of subsurface correla-
tion. However, as most of this work has been directly connected with
petroleum geology, it is not surprising to find that almost all taxonomic
work has been carried out on marine and estuarine forms. This is
unfortunate, for, while a large and comprehensive literature on marine
ostracods has been assembled, very little work has been published in
recent years on freshwater members of this order. In fact, the paucity
of literature and previous work on Tertiary freshwater ostracods is at
present a very real handicap, and involves a consequent diminution in
the stratigraphical value of systematic palaeontological work.

A number of factors contribute to the utilitarian value of Queens-
land Tertiary ostracods.

Although plants, freshwater molluscs, fish, and insect remains have
been found in these freshwater Tertiaries, boring operations in several
of the basins have shown that fossil ostracods are often almost the only.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

if not the only, animal remains in quite considerable thicknesses of the
deposits. In such cases they may be of value in determining the age
of the strata, as well as in enabling stratigraphical correlations to be
made.

They are valuable also, since their small size enables them to escape
destruction in the drilling operations which are essential for the adequate
study of these Tertiary basins, owing to the limited nature and sporadic
occurrence of outcrops.

Moreover, although most of the ostracod valves are badly crushed,
careful examination usually reveals well-preserved individuals with
distinctive shape and ornamentation, so that more certain specific
identifications can sometimes be made than is the case with other fossils.

Another important factor is that some of the species have been found
to be moderately short-ranged and, with the recognition of charcteristic
faunal assemblages, the ostracods, accordingly, may be suitable for zonal
correlation purposes within a basin. It must be admitted, however, that
some of the simple, smooth-shelled ostracods are definitely long-ranged
and consequently of little value for purposes of subsurface correlation.

Owing to their wide geographical distribution, the ostracods have
also shown themselves to be of value in indicating the stratigraphical
relations of some of the different Tertiary basins.

Taxonomic work on some of the ostracods, besides being of value for
purposes of age determination of the strata, is also helpful in throwing
light on the environmental conditions of deposition of the sediments.
For instance, the referring of species found in bituminous shales to
present-day genera which are known to frequent lake floors, creeping in
the mud and feeding largely on algal material is suggestive, since this
is the environment in which bituminous shales are actually formed. The
presence of these ostracods then can be taken as an index to such
conditions of deposition.

Finally, the fact that other Tertiary fossils, apart from the fossil
fish, are at present of little use for stratigraphical purposes, makes the
ostracods all the more valuable as fossils.

Opposed to these advantages there are certain disadvantages that
limit the satisfactory utilisation of Queensland Tertiary ostracods.

The minute size of ostracods renders their use in the field
practically negligible, since accurate identification can only be determined
with the aid of a microscope.

Although they may be very abundant, the valves are usually very
much crushed and broken, and this makes detailed work slow and
difficult, since a prolonged search is needed to find material suitable for
identification or accurate taxonomic description. This is particularly the
case with the Cypridae, the members of which have thin, fragile shells,
which are seldom met united, as they were only held together by ligaments
in life.

The assignment of the various ostracod species to their correct
genera, also, is often a difficult task. This is due to the fact that the
genera to which the Queensland Tertiary species are referable were
originally described by zoologists and not by palaeontologists. The
classification of recent Ostracoda is based principally on anatomical
modifications and zoologists, while describing these with great care, have

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 99

given only unsatisfactory accounts of the structure of the carapace
valves. In the case of fossil specimens, the shell is all that remains,
and it is on the basis of its structures alone that the palaeontologist
must make his determinations. Unfortunately, it is a fact that several
ostracods with shells having essentially the same outline and surface
characters have been described by zoologists as distinct genera.

A final disadvantage is the fact that, although the ostracod faunas
appear to bear a general resemblance to the present-day one, little work
has yet been carried out on the recent freshwater ostracods of Queens-
land. Accordingly, it is impossible at present to make any definite
comparisons with the existing forms, quite apart from the fact that an
element of doubt will always remain in such comparisons.

In spite of the above limitations, however, the Queensland Tertiary
ostracods are definitely valuable. In fact, after the Foraminifera, the
Ostrocoda are now recognised throughout the world as the next most
economically important group of microfossils found in sedimentary
rocks.

PART II.— SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS.

In the following systematic descriptions Rupert Jones’ rule has been
followed, where conclusive evidence is lacking, in regarding the thicker,
or blunter, end of the carapace as the posterior extremity. Since the
generic diagnoses are not readily available, they have been included.

Order OSTRACODA Latreille.

Suborder Podocopa Sars.

Family CYPRIDAE Baird, 1846.

Genus Cypris Muller, 1785.

Genotype: Cypris piibera Muller, 1785, p. 56.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view reniform to oval. Dorsal margin
variously arched. Ventral margin often sinuate, central portion usually
somewhat incurved. Valves subequal, left valve usually the larger.
Plinge edentulous, somewhat thickened, occupying about one-third dorsal
margin. Surface of valves smooth to slightly uneven, often punctate.

Range: Jurassic to Recent, mainly Tertiary to Recent.

Cypris munduranensis, sp. nov. Plate VI, figs. 1 a, b.

Holotype: F. 1976, Queensland Geological Survey Collection.
Locality: Bore 4, at 170 feet. Parish of Targinie, County of Deas
Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhampton, Queensland. Geological
Horizon: The Narrows Tertiaries.

Description: Carapace small, in lateral view elongate-ovate to
sub’reniform, highest slightly behind middle. Height slightly greater than
one-half of length. Dorsal margin gently arched. Ventral margin nearly
straight to slightly concave ' in median region. Anterior extremity
somewhat obliquely rounded. Posterior extremity more broadly and
evenly rounded. Valves moderately strongly convex. Convexity nearly
uniform, but rising rather more steeply from ventral margin than from
dorsal, and regularity interrupted by shallow transverse sulcus, crossing

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

valve obliquely, generally from in front of middle of ventral to behind
middle of dorsal margin, and somewhat deeper dorsally. Position of
greatest thickness of carapace located posteriorly, slightly behind middle.
Left valve the larger, slightly overlapping right along ventral margin
and the two extremities. Hinge somewhat thickened, occupying approxi-
mately central third of dorsal margin. In profile acute-ovate, with
transverse sulcus showing in median region, and with posterior extremity
slightly inflated. In end view oval and tumid. Surface of valves entirely
covered with minute, irregularly-arranged, rather inconspicuous
tubercles, and shell pierced at intervals with minute punctations —
normal pore canals. Four sub central muscle scars conspicuous, set in
deepest part of transverse sulcus, generally closer to dorsal margin of
shell, arranged in row sloping dorsally and posteriorly, and often
contiguous or nearly so. Two central muscle scars larger and more
elongate than lateral scars. Shell thin, fragile, chitino-calcareous, and
transparent to translucent.

Dimensions of holotype: Length, 0.52 mm.; height, 0.27 mm.;
approximate thickness of carapace, 0.3 mm.

Rema/rks: Cypris Miimduranensis does not closely resemble any of
the described fossil forms of the well-known freshwater genus Cypris
which today is so abundant in many stagnant pools. The carapace,
however, is rather similar in structure to that of a recent, but as yet
undescribed, freshwater species that has been collected from ponds and
lagoons in S.E. Queensland. It also shows some general resemblance to
the common species, Cypris gibba Ramdohr, which ranges from Oligocene
to Recent.

This is the most abundant species in The Narrows bore-core samples
examined and, owing to its small size, a large number of undamaged
valves and some complete carapaces were available for detailed study.
In fact, the ostracod fauna in some of the samples from The Narrows
is almost restricted to innumerable individuals of this species, and it has
also been found to be common in the Petrie Series material examined.
The specific description, accordingly, is based on a large number of
specimens. The outstanding characteristics are the obliquely-sloping
transverse sulcus containing the four muscle scars, the small size, and
the rather inconspicuous tuberculate and finely punctate ornament — the
tubercles under high magnification being seen as small, round, somewhat
flattened prominences surrounded by shallow grooves, and each
approximately 0.02 mm. in diameter. The variation within the species
is not great, the most noticeable feature being in the relative position
of the shallow transverse sulcus on the valves. While in most individuals
this crosses the valves almost medianly, in some it is located closer to the
anterior extremity, and in others closer to the posterior extremity of
the valve. In such cases the position of the muscle scars on the valve
also varies accordingly. However, after making allowances for apparent
variations due to different degrees of crushing, the shape of all mature
individuals of this species has been found to be nearly constant. Also,
while some very minute and immature forms occur, the size of most
individuals approximates to the dimensions given above for the holotype
of the species. In some individuals the shell is thin and horny, but in
others it is quite calcareous and much more solid. The species has been
named after the important locality name of Munduran within The
Narrows Tertiary Basin, where it was first found.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 101

Localities and Age: In The Narrows Tertiaries: Bores 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, 14 (see species occurrence charts), parishes of Targinie and
Bundle, county of Deas Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhampton.
This species has a proved vertical range of 198 feet, and its actual range
may be considerably greater. In the Petrie Series: Brecknell’s Bore at
somewhere between 60 and 178 feet, subdivision 10 of portion 222, parish
of Warner, county of Stanley, near Strathpine, between Brisbane and
Petrie; Houghton’s Bore, at about 45 feet, portion 24, parish of Warner,
near Lawnton; from Simpson’s well, portion 186, parish of Nundah,
county of Stanley, near Bald Hills, between Brisbane and Petrie.
Probably Miocene.

Genus Cyprinotus Brady, 1886.

Genotype: Cyprinotus cingalensis Brady, 1886, p. 301.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view oval to broadly reniform,
highest generally at about, or slightly behind, middle. Height consider-
ably greater than one-half of length. Dorsal margin strongly arched.
Ventral margin almost straight. Carapace valves rather compressed.
Valves unequal, left overlapping right anteriorly, posteriorly, and
usually ventrally, and right sometimes overlapping left dorsally. Free
edges of left valve smooth, with chitinous border broader anteriorly and
posteriorly than ventrally. Inner margin of right valve thickly
tuberculate.

Range: No Tertiary representative of this recent freshwater genus
appears to have been recorded previously.

Cyprinotus punctatus, sp. nov. Plate VI, figs. 4 a, b.

Holotype: F. 1978, Queensland Geological Survey Collection.
Locality: Bore 1, at 157 feet. Parish of Rundle, County of Deas
Thompson, Queensland. Geological Horizon : The Narrows Tertiaries.

Description: Carapace large, in lateral view ovate to broadly
subreniform, highest slightly behind middle. Height approximately
equal to two-thirds of length. Dorsal margin strongly arched, sloping
more abruptly anteriorly than posteriorly. Ventral margin almost
straight to slightly concave in median region. Anterior extremity broadly
but rather obliquely rounded. Posterior extremity broadly and more
bluntly rounded. Valves moderately convex to rather compressed.
Convexity regular. Valves unequal, left overlapping right along ventral
margin and two extremities. In profile narrow oblong-ovate, with
anterior extremity somewhat more pointed than posterior, and greatest
width slightly behind middle. Surface of valves polished, smooth except
for numerous minute punctations representing closely-spaced normal
pore canals. Marginal zone developed along ventral margin and twro
extremities. Line of concrescence coinciding with inner margin, and
running generally parallel to outer margin of shell. Marginal zone
strongly chitinised and transparent, ranging in width to 0.1 mm., pierced
by numerous radial pore canals opening internally along line of
concrescence, externally near outer margin of shell. Radial pore canals
closely spaced, about 0.01 to 0.02 mm. apart, sometimes in two or more
series, long and short alternating, unbranched, narrow, each with bulbous
enlargement near middle or between middle and outer margin. Shell
thin to thick, chitino-calcareous, and transparent to opaque.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Dimensions of holotype: Length, 2-15 mm.; height, 146 mm.*
approximate thickness of carapace, 0-8 mm.

Remarks: The high, compressed shell of this ostracod is characteristic
of the genus Cyprinotus. In outline it closely resembles Cyprinotus
dentato-marginatus (Baird), which has been recorded by Sars (1889)
from lagoons near Rockhampton. It differs from this recent species,
however, in having the shell much more closely punctate, the valves
slightly higher and nearly twice as large, and in the presence of the
well-defined marginal zone pierced by numerous radial pore canals. It
might be mentioned here that two species of Cyprinotus found in
Australia today attain a length of over 2 mm.

Although this species is not uncommon in some of the samples from
The Narrows, owing to its large size and the subsequent crushing of the
material, very few undamaged valves have been found. It has been
possible in some cases, however, to reconstruct the shape from various
fragments of the valves, and the above description is based in part on
the information so obtained. The species is moderately long-ranged, and
individually of no value as a zonal index. Moreover, it is generally rare
in its occurrence, and in very few of the bore-core samples examined
has it been found to be really abundant. The outstanding characteristics
are the very finely and closely punctate shell, and the well developed
marginal zone pierced by the radial pore canals. Variation in the number
and arrangement of the radial pore canals and in the width of the
marginal zone has been observed. In some individuals the radial pore
canals are all of equal length, but in others Ihey are of two and sometimes
three different lengths, though always alternating in a regular manner.
Sometimes they are very close together and almost contiguous throughout
their length, but in other individuals they are more widely separated.
Generally they appear to end in the bulbous enlargement. The width
of the chitinised zone also varies in different individuals, and it is usually
somewhat wider anteriorly and posteriorly than it is ventrally. It
might also be mentioned that in some young and immature individuals
no trace has been found of the radial pore canals. In some individuals
the shell is thin, rather feebly calcified, and fragile, but in others it is
heavily calcified, much more solid, and quite opaque. The recent
Cyprinotus is generally considered as a subgenus of Cypris, and belongs
to the subfamily Cypridinae, members of which are capable of swimming
as well as creeping. The species has been named after the very finely
and closely punctate shell of this ostracod.

Localities and Age: Bores 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 13 14 (see species
occurrence charts), parish of Targinie and Rundle, county of Deas
Thompson, The Narrows, between Gladstone and Rockhampton. This
species has a vertical range of at least 182 feet, and its actual range
may be considerably greater. Probably Miocene.

Genus Ilyodromus Sars, 1894.

Genotype: Ilyodromus obtusus Sars, 1894.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view oblong. Dorsal margin
variously arched. Ventral margin practically straight to gently sinuated..
Valves equal, or left slightly larger than right. Carapace compressed.
Hinge short, edentulous, somewhat thickened. Surface of valves usually
ornamented with distinct lines or riblets, but sometimes smooth or very
delicately striated.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 103

Range : No Tertiary representative of the recent genus Ilyodromus
appears to have been recorded previously.

Ilyodromus ? concentricus, sp. nov. Plate VI, figs. 2 a, b.

Holotype: F. 1977, Queensland Geological Survey Collection.
Locality: Bore 1, at 157 feet. Parish of Bundle,, County of Deas
Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhampton, Queensland. Geological
Horizon: The Narrows Tertiaries.

Description : Carapace small, in lateral view ovate to elliptical and
subreniform, highest at about middle. Height rather greater than one-
half of length. Dorsal margin gently and evenly arched. Ventral
margin practically straight. Anterior extremity subacute, somewhat
truncated dorsally. Posterior extremity more evenly rounded. Convexity
of valves moderate, nearly regular, but rising rather more steeply from
dorsal margin than from ventral. Position of greatest thiekness of
carapace located centrally. Valves subequal, left slightly overlapping
right along ventral margin and the two extremities. Hinge somewhat
thickened, occupying approximately central third of dorsal margin. In
profile acute-ovate. In end view oval. Surface of valves delicately
ornamented with elliptical riblets, reticulating to some extent, but
generally concentric about apices of the two valves — i.e., the position of
greatest thickness of carapace. Ornament somewhat resembling minute
plicae or papillary ridges of human finger tip. Shell thin, fragile, ehitino-
calcareous, and transparent to translucent.

Dimensions of holotype: Length, 043 mm.; height, 0*25 mm.;
approximate thickness of carapace, 0.2 mm.

Remarks: A search of available literature has failed accurately to
place this species generically. In ornamentation and general shape,
however, it resembles some species of the recent genus Ilyodromus , and
it is here tentatively referred to that genus. However, the carapace is
not so compressed and is much smaller than any of the recent species of
this genus, so it may be generically distinct. It resembles most closely
Ilyodromus ellip\ticus Sars, but differs in having the dorsal margin more
strongly arched, the ornament more conspicuous and concentric instead
of generally longitudinal, and in its much smaller size. It also shows
some resemblance to Ilyodromus obtusus Sars, but here again the
differences are quite marked. Both these recent species of Ilyodromus
have been recorded from New South Wales (Henry, 1923).

This striking and easily recognised ostracod is moderately short-
ranged, and a zone in The Narrows Tertiaries has been based on its
proved vertical range of 115 feet — the Zone of Ilyodromus f concentricus.
Through this interval the species has clearly been observed to increase
gradually in abundance from very rare to very common, and, after
reaching its acme, to decrease gradually until it becomes extinct.
However, although it is very common in some of the samples from The
Narrows, relatively few undamaged valves and complete carapaces have
been found. This is apparently due to the very delicate and fragile
nature of the shell and the fact that the valves are easily separated
after death, since the hinge is edentulous. The outstanding characteristics
of this species are the ornamentation and the small size. Some variation
in outline within the species has been observed, which does not appear to
be the result of crushing. While in most individuals the ventral margin

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

is either practically straight or slightly concave, in some it appears to
be very slightly convex. Some variation in the ornament has also
been noted. Although the riblets are generally wholly concentric
about the apex of each valve, near the dorsal and ventral
margin of some individuals they are arranged almost longitu-
dinally. Their number and regularity also vary, and, if the
number of reticulations joining them is great, the concentric
arrangement may become rather confused. The size of all mature
individuals of this species has been found to approximate to the
dimensions given above for the holotype. The recent Ilyodromus is
known to be a bottom dweller, creeping among the plants and in the
mud of lake floors. It belongs to the subfamily Herpetocypridinae, all
members of which are incapable of swimming in the adult state. Six
species of the genus have been recorded from New South Wales, but
only one species has been recorded as yet from Queensland (Henry, 1923) .
The species has been named after the characteristic concentric ornamenta-
tion of this little ostracod.

Localities and Age : In The Narrows Tertiaries: Bores 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, 14 (see species occurrence charts), parishes of Targinie and
Bundle, county of Deas Thompson, between Gladstone and Bockhampton.
This species has a vertical range of only 115 feet. In the Petrie Series:
Houghton’s bore, at about 45 feet, portion 24, parish of Warner, county
of Stanley, near Lawnton, between Brisbane and Petrie. The fact that
this species has been found at only the one locality in the Petrie Series
suggests that it is a moderately short-ranged form. Probably Miocene.

Genus Erpetocypris Brady and Norman, 1889.

Genotype: Erpetocypris reptans (Baird), 1850, p. 160.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view elongate. Height less than, or
approximately equal to, one-half of length. Dorsal margin variously
arched. Ventral margin sinuated in front of middle to almost straight.
Valves rather unequal, left usually slightly larger than right. Surface
of valves generally smooth, to punctate.

Range: Oligoeene to Becent.

Erpetocypris aequalis Chapman, 1935. Plate VI, fig. 3.

Holotype: F. 7851, University of Queensland Collection. Locality:
Gully on Portions 118, 119, 120, Parish of Bundamba, County of Stanley,
about 5 miles S. of Goodna, Queensland. Geological Horizon : Bedbank
Plains Series.

Description: Carapace medium-sized, in lateral view elongate oval
to subreniform, highest slightly in front of middle. Height approximately
equal to, or slightly less than, one-half of length. Dorsal margin evenly
and gently arched. Ventral margin nearly straight to slightly concave
in median region. Anterior extremity broadly rounded, meeting ventral
margin with moderately sharp angle. Posterior extremity well, but not
so broadly, rounded. Valves moderately convex only, to rather com-
pressed. Convexity fairly regular, and position of greatest thickness
located slightly behind middle. Valves equal, or very nearly so. In
profile acute ovate, with anterior extremity somewhat compressed and
posterior roundly inflated. In end view oval. Surface of valves
polished, smooth except for few scattered punctations. Seven muscle scars

OSTKACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 105

conspicuous, five centrally to subcentrally placed forming a rosette, and
two slightly removed anteriorly and ventrally, arranged obliquely, one
above the other, sloping ventrally. Rosette consisting of three, generally
sub-oval, scars in transverse row, with row of two, generally sub-oval,
scars slightly below. Muscle scars sometimes very close together, and
some almost or completely coalescent. Two scars above rosette generally
more elongate and narrower than others. Small accessory muscle scars
sometimes present, in addition to fundamental seven. Shell of medium
thickness, chitino-calcareous, generally whitish, and translucent to
opaque.

Dimensions of figured specimen from The Narrows: Length,
1*03 mm. ; height, 0*51 mm. ; approximate thickness of carapace, 045 mm.

Remarks : In describing this species from the Redbank Plains Series
in 1935, Chapman had at his disposal only one small sample of ostracod-
bearing shale, obtained from a surface outcrop. In this rather weathered
material he found the carapace valves of this species strongly calcified,
and owing to their opacity he was apparently unable to see the muscle
scars on the inside of the valves. Recent examination of additional
samples from Redbank Plains, however, has resulted in the discovery of
a number of these valves with translucent shells clearly showing the
muscle scar pattern described above. The species, accordingly, has been
found to be identical with that recognised in The Narrows material and,
with the additional material available, a more complete description is
given.

E. aequalis compares very closely in shape with E. strigata (Muller),
but differs from this recent European species, in having the extremities
rather more broadly rounded, the carapace, particularly the anterior
portion, more compressed, and in being approximately only half the size.
No reference is made to muscle scars in the description of this recent
species. As Chapman (1935, p. 68) has remarked, E. aequalis also
4 ‘nearly resembles E. glacialis Sars, of the European lakes and marshes,
in its convex dorsum and evenly rounded extremities.” However, the
valves, which are somewhat narrower and more compressed than those
of E. glacialis, are highest slightly in front of the middle. E. aequalis is
not as narrow or as elongate, although it has the same grouping of
seven muscle scars, as Candonocypris assimilis Sars, an (H)erpetocyprid
recorded and figured by Chapman (1919, p. 28) from the Pleistocene of
Boneo Swamp, west of Cape Schanck, Victoria. The anterior extremity,
moreover, is more broadly rounded than that of C. assimilis, and there
are also other differences that separate it from this form.

This species has been found to be common in some of The Narrows
bore-core samples, and in all the ostracod-bearing shale examined from
the Petrie Series and the Baffle Creek Tertiaries. Although very few
complete, undamaged valves have been found, a large number of valves
with shells broken to varying degrees have been available for microscopic
study. The outstanding characteristics of this simple, smooth-shelled
ostracod are the outline, equality and compressed nature of the valves,
and the muscle scar pattern. There appears to be little variation in
shape (apart from the effects of crushing), but variation in the number
and arrangement of the muscle scars has been noted. In many
individuals the two scars closest to the dorsal margin have been found to
be almost coalescent and, in some cases, completely fused into one long
scar. The addition of a very small muscle scar to the ventral end of

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

both transverse rows of the central rosette has also been observed in a
number of individuals. Although not definitely observed, indications
of the presence of a narrow marginal zone have been seen around the
anterior extremity of several valves. It is possible, moreover, that the
apparent absence of a marginal zone may be the result of brittleness of
the shell, and consequent breaking, especially around the free edges of
the valves. In all individuals the shell has been found to be fairly
strongly calcified, whitish, and translucent to opaque. The generic name
Erpetocypris is written as H erpetocypris by most zoologists, and this
genus belongs to the subfamily Herpetocypridinae, the members of which,
as the name indicates, are creepers. They are, in fact, incapable of
swimming in the adult state, and are only found creeping among the
plants, and crawling and burrowing in the mud on the bottom.

Localities and Range: In The Narrows Tertiaries: Bores 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, 14 (see species occurrence charts), parishes of Targinie and
Bundle, county of Deas Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhampton.
In the Petrie Series: Brecknell’s Bore, at somewhere between 60 and
178 feet,, subdivision 10 of portion 222, parish of Warner, county of
Stanley, near Strathpine, between Brisbane and Petrie ; from old well on
portion 190, parish of Warner, approximately two miles W. of Strath-
pine; Houghton’s Bore, at about 45 feet, portion 24, parish of Warner,
near Lawnton; from Simpson’s well, portion 186, parish of Nundah,
county of Stanley, near Bald Hills, between Brisbane and Petrie. In the
Baffle Creeh Tertiaries: From No. 2 Shaft, portion 30, parish of Warro,
county of Flinders, near Lowmead, between Bundaberg and Gladstone;
from various depths in the Lowmead No. 1 Bore, in the N.W. corner of
the above portion. In the RedbanJc Plains Series: Gully on portions
118, 119, 120, parish of Bundamba, county of Stanley, approximately
five miles S. of iGbodna, between Brisbane and Ipswich. This species is
definitely a long-ranged form. Since it ranges through much of The
Narrows material, and is common in all the Petrie Series, Baffle Creek, and
Redbank Plains material examined, its range is probably Oligocene and
Miocene.

Erpetocypris f subtriangularis, sp. nov. Plate VI, fig. 5.

Holotype: F. 1980, Queensland Geological Survey Collection.
Locality: Bore 3, at 94 feet, parish of Rundle, county of Dea&
Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhampton, Queensland. Geological
Horizon : The Narrows Tertiaries.

Description: Carapace medium-sized, in lateral view sub triangularly
obovate, highest near anterior third. Height somewhat greater than one-
half of length. Dorsal margin obliquely arched, sloping gradually from
position of maximum height to anterior extremity, but steeply to
posterior extremity. Ventral margin almost straight. Anterior extremity
broadly and evenly rounded. Posterior extremity narrowly and acutely
rounded. Valves moderately convex to rather compressed. Convexity
fairly regular, and position of greatest thickness located slightly behind
middle. Valves subequal, left slightly overlapping right along ventral
margin and the two extremities. In profile narrowly oval, with anterior
part more compressed than posterior. In end view suboval. Surface
unomamented, smooth except for few scattered punctations. Shell of
medium thickness, brittle, chitino-calcareous, whitish, and translucent to
Opaque.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 107

Dimensions of holotype : Length, 0*85 mm. ; height, 0-47 mm. ;
approximate thickness of carapace, 0-4 mm.

Remarks : A search of available literature has failed accurately to
place this species generically. It resembles some species of Erpetocypris,
however, in its rather compressed, smooth, moderately calcified valves,
but it is not as elongate as most species of this genus, the ratio of
maximum height to length having been found to average 56 :100. In
certain species of Erpetocypris , however, the height is greater than half
the length, and in E. fas data (Muller) the posterior extremity is as
narrowly rounded as in this species. Nevertheless, Ef sub triangularis
does not resemble very closely any of the described species of this genus.
In shape, in fact, it is not unlike some species of the shallow- water
marine genus, Pontocypris Sars, such as P. trigonalis Jones and Hinde.
It differs from P. trigonalis , however, in having the height greater than
half the length, and the anterior extremity more broadly rounded.

Although this ostracod is not abundant in The Narrows material, it
has been found to be fairly common in some of the samples examined,
and it has also been found at one locality in the Petrie Series. Unfor-
tunately, however, very few undamaged valves have been found, and in
many cases all that remains is an internal cast with small fragments of
the shell sometimes present. This is apparently due to the very brittle
nature of the shell and the fact that it is not very thick. The outstanding
characteristic of this smooth-shelled ostracod is the subtriangular outline
with the semicircular anterior extremity and the contracted, acutely
rounded, posterior extremity. The species has been named after the
characteristic subtriangular shape of the carapace valves.

Localities and Age: In The Narrows Tertiaries: Bores 1. 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, 14 (see species occurrence charts), parishes of Targinie and
Bundle, county of Deas Thompson, between Gladstone and Bockhampton.
In the Petrie Series: Brecknell’s Bore, at somewhere between 60 and
178 feet, subdivision 10 of portion 222, parish of Warner, county of
Stanley, near Strathpine, N. of Brisbane. This species does not appear
to be a long- ranged form. Probably Miocene.

Genus Stenocypris Sars, 1889.

Genotype: Stenocypris malcolmsonii (Brady), 1886, p. 297.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view very narrow and elongate.
Height considerably less than one-half of length, and nearly uniform.
Dorsal margin very gently arched to almost straight. Ventral margin
concave in median region. Anterior and posterior extremities rounded.
Valves subequal, left slightly larger than right. Free edges smooth,
inner duplicatures very broad, especially at the anterior extremity. In
profile narrow oblong.

Range: No Tertiary representative of this recent freshwater genus
appears to have been recorded previously.

Stenocypris lowmeadensis, sp. nov. Plate VI, fig. 8.

Holotype: F. 7915, University of Queensland Collection. Locality:
From No. 2 Shaft, portion 30, parish of Warro, county of Flinders,
near Lowmead, Queensland. Geological Horizon : Baffle Creek Tertiaries.

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Description: Carapace medium-sized, in lateral view narrowly
elongate, highest at about or slightly behind middle. Height consider-
ably less than one-half of length. Dorsal margin very gently arched.
Ventral margin almost straight, to slightly concave in median region.
Dorsal and ventral margins tending to become nearly parallel. Anterior
extremity rather subacutely rounded, somewhat truncated dorsally.
Posterior extremity more evenly rounded. Valves only moderately
convex. Convexity fairly regular, with position of greatest thickness of
carapace located slightly behind middle. Valves subequal, left slightly
overlapping right along ventral margin and two extremities. In profile
narrow oblong-ovate. Surface of valves polished, smooth, and unoma-
mented. Shell of medium thickness, brittle, chitino-calcareous, white,,
and translucent to opaque.

Dimensions of holotype: Length, 1-76 mm.; height, 0-75 mm.;
approximate thickness of carapace, 0-65 mm.

Remarks: This ostracod compares fairly closely in both shape and
size with certain species of S'lenocypris , but does not appear to be
identical with any previously described form. It is apparent that this
is the ostracod which Chapman in 1985 (p. 70) tentatively determined as
cf. Paradox o stoma sp. Unfortunately, he had at his disposal only one
small sample of ostracod-bearing shale from the Baffle Creek Tertiaries,
and almost all the valves it contained were particularly badly crushed.
Furthermore, since, in its outline, this ostracod does show some general
resemblance to Paradoxostoma Fischer, it is perhaps not surprising that
Chapman tentatively compared it with that littoral, marine genus.

This species has been found to be quite common in the Baffle Creek
ostracod-bearing shale, and it has also been recognised in the Redbank
Plains material. Very few complete, undamaged valves have been found,
apparently because of the brittleness of the shell and the fact that all
the material has been very crushed. Although slight variations in
outline have been observed, the ratio of height to length for most
individuals has been found to be 41 :100. Some indication of a marginal
zone traversed by radial pore canals has been observed around the
anterior extremity of several valves. It is possible, moreover, that the
apparent absence of a marginal zone from most valves may be the result
of the brittle nature of the shell and consequent breaking, especially
around the free edges of the valves. The species has been named after
the township of Lowmead in the Baffle Creek Tertiaries near where it
was found. One recent species of this genus has been recorded by Sars
(1889) from lagoons near Rockhampton.

Localities and Age: In the Baffle Creek Tertiaries: From No. 2
Shaft, portion 30, parish of Warro, county of Flinders, near Lowmead,
between Bundaberg and Gladstone ; from various depths in the Lowmead
No. 1 Bore, in the N.W. corner of the abovQ portion. In the Redbank
Plains Series: Gully on portions 118, 119, 120, parish of Bundamba,
county of Stanley, approximately 5 miles S. of Goodna, between
Brisbane and Ipswich. Probably Oligocene.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 109

'Genus Cypridopsis Brady, 1868.

Genotype: Cypridopsis vidua (Muller), 1785.

Diagnosis: Carapace in lateral view elliptical to strongly ovate and
tumid. Height generally greater than one-half of length. Dorsal margin
broadly to sharply arched. Ventral margin straight to gently sinuate.
Valves subequal, right generally the larger, with greatest overlap in
median portion of ventral margin. Hinge short, occupying about one-
third dorsal margin, simple, valves separated by narrow, knife-edged
slit. Surface of valves smooth to pitted. Muscle scars slightly
anteroventral of median point, each scar rather elongated.

Range: Permian to Recent.

Cypridopsis linearis, sp. nov. Plate VI, fig. 6.

Holotype: Ft. 1981, Queensland Geological Survey Collection.
Locality : Bore 1, at 135 feet, parish of Rundle, county Deas Thompson,
between Gladstone and Rockhampton, Queensland. Geological Horizon :
The Narrows Tertiaries.

Description: Carapace medium-sized, in lateral view arcuately and
broadly ovate, highest slightly behind middle. Height greater than
one-half of length. Dorsal margin strongly arched. Ventral margin
slightly concave in median region. Anterior extremity well rounded,
but somewhat truncated dorsally. Posterior extremity broadly
and more bluntly rounded. Valves moderately strongly convex with
convexity almost regular. Position of greatest thickness of carapace
located slightly behind middle. Valves unequal, right overlapping left
anteriorly, ventrally and posteriorly. Surface of valves wholly orna-
mented with small flattened tubercles, generally arranged in rows.
Tubercles circular to oval in outline, contiguous, and approximately 0-02
to 0-03 mm. in diameter. Ornament somewhat draught-board-like in
pattern. Rosette of five, subcentrally placed, muscle scars sometimes
conspicuous. Shell thin, fragile, chitino-calcareous, and transparent to
opaque.

Dimensions of holotype : Length, 1-38 mm. ; height, 0*91 mm. ;
approximate thickness of carapace, 0-75 mm.

Remarks: The high, tumid shape of this ostracod is characteristic of
the genus Cypridopsis. Although it compares closely in shape with
certain species of this genus it appears to be distinct from all previously
described species.

It is not an abundant species in The Narrows material, but in some
of the bore-core samples it has been found to be fairly common. Very
few undamaged valves, however, have been found, and the above
description is based in part on information obtained from fragments of
the shell. The outstanding characteristic of this ostracod is the
ornamentation. Some variation in outline within the species has been
observed, which does not appear to be the result of crushing. While in
most individuals the height nearly equals two-thirds of the length, in
some cases it is only slightly greater than half the length. Variation in
the ornament has also been noted. Although it generally shows a
regular linear arrangement, in some individuals the ornament is much

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

less regular in its pattern and tends to resemble that of the well-known
recent form Newnluvmia fenestrata King. In some individuals, also, the
posterior overlap of the right valve appears to be greater than in others.
Cypridopsis belongs to the sub-family Cypridopsinae, members of which
are capable of swimming as well as creeping, and are most abundant in
permanent, shallow, still waters. The species has been named after the
ornament which generally is linearly tuberculate.

Localities and Age: In The Narrows Tertiaries : Bores 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, 14 (see species occurrence charts), parishes of Targinie and
Bundle, county of Deas Thompson, between Gladstone and Rockhamp-
ton. This species has a proved vertical range of only 82 feet, but its
actual range may be somewhat greater. Probably Miocene.

Cypridopsis compressa Chapman, 1935. Plate VI, fig. 7.

Holotypc: F. 7852, University of Queensland Collection. Locality:
Gully on portions 118, 119, 120, parish of Bundamba, county of Stanley,
about 5 miles S. of Goodna, S.E. Queensland. Geological Horizon:
Redbank Plains Series.

Descnption: Carapace medium-sized, in lateral view arcuately ovate
to broadly reniform, highest slightly behind middle. Height greater
than one-half of length. Dorsal margin strongly arched. Ventral
margin concave in median region. Anterior extremity well rounded, but
somewhat truncated dorsally. Posterior extremity more broadly and
evenly rounded. Valves only moderately convex, with convexity fairly
regular. Position of greatest thickness of carapace located slightly
behind middle. Valves subequal, right slightly overlapping left
anteriorly, ventrally, and posteriorly. In profile ovate, with anterior
extremity compressed and posterior somewhat inflated. Surface of valves
smooth and unornamented. Rosette of five muscle scars, placed slightly
anteroventrally of midpoint, conspicuous. Shell thin, fragile, chitino-
calcareous, and translucent to opaque.

Dimensions of figured specimen from the Petrie Series: Length,
1-03 mm. ; height, 0-65 mm. ; approximate thickness of carapace, 0*5 mm.

Remarks: In describing this species from the Redbank Plains Series
in 1935, Chapman had at his disposal only one small sample of ostracod-
bearing shale obtained from a surface outcrop. In this rather weathered
material he found the carapace valves of this species strongly calcified,
and, owing to their opacity, apparently he was unable to see muscle scars
on any of the valves. Recent examination of additional samples, how-
ever, has resulted in the discovery of a number of these valves with
translucent shells clearly showing a rosette of five muscle scars. The
species, accordingly, has been found to be identical with that recognised
in the Petrie Series material, and, with the additional material available,
a more complete description has been given.

As Chapman (1935, p. 68) has remarked, Cypridopsis compressa
“ bears a fairly close resemblance to Cypridopsis picta (Straus), a fresh-
water form found in Norway, France, and Belgium.” It differs from

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. Ill

the latter species, however, in its greater height, broader anterior
extremity, less inflated posterior, and more compressed carapace.

The outstanding characteristics of this simple, smooth-shelled
Cyprid are the outline of the valves, and the compressed nature of the
carapace. There appears to be very little variation in the outline, and
the ratio of height to length for most individuals has been found to be
62:100.

Localities and Range: In the Petrie Series: Brecknell’s Bore, at
somewhere between 60 and 178 feet, subdivision 10 of portion 222, parish
of Warner, county of Stanley, near Strathpine, between Brisbane and
Petrie; from old well on portion 190, parish of Warner, approximately
two miles W. of Strathpine ; Houghton ’s Bore, at about 45 feet, portion
24, Parish of Warner, near Lawnton; from Simpson’s well, portion 186,
parish of Nundah, county of Stanley, near Bald Hills. In the Baffle
Creek Tertiaries: Prom No. 2 Shaft, portion 30, parish of Warro, county
of Flinders, near Lowmead ; from various depths in the Lowmead No. 1
Bore, in the N.W. comer of the above portion. In the Redhank Plains
Series: Gully on portions 118, 119, 120, parish of Bundamba, county of
Stanley, near Goodna. Probably Oligocene and Miocene.

Supplementary Note.

Possibly two other distinct species have also been found in The
Narrows material, and one in the Baffle Creek material, but, because of
the badly crushed and very fragmentary nature of the valves, accurate
identification and systematic description has not been possible. However,
some taxonomic work has been carried out and, when better material
becomes available, it is hoped to complete the description of these forms.

PART III. CORRELATION OF DEPOSITS.

A. The Narrows.

General Aspects.

An extensive diamond-drilling campaign has been carried out
recently by the Queensland Department of Mines in The Narrows
Tertiary basin, in connection with the possible exploitation of its oil
shales. Ostracods were discovered in the bore-cores from this drilling
by Mr. L. C. Ball, Chief Government Geologist, and subsequent examina-
tion by the Queensland Geological Survey revealed their presence in
much of the material. They were seen to persist sometimes through
quite considerable thicknesses of the Tertiary shales, and it was thought
that their palaeontological study might permit the correlation of the
strata in the various bores.

An attempt has, accordingly, been made to arrive at a satisfactory
correlation, by a detailed micropalaeontological examination of the
ostracods contained in collections of samples from eight boreholes on

s

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The Narrows. The samples examined were submitted by the Queensland
Geological Survey, and were those selected from the regions where
ostracods showed in quantity in the cores from Bores Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6,
12, 13, and 14.

The Tertiaries of The Narrows, centred 15 to 20 miles N. of
Gladstone, occupy a narrow belt of country on both sides of the strait
that separates Curtis Island from the mainland. The area on the
mainland lies largely within the parish of Targinie, but extends to the
S. just into the parish of Calliope, and to the N.W. into the parish of
Bundle, while the part of the basin on Curtis Island lies within the
parishes of Curtis and Monte Christo. All the above parishes are in the
county of Deas Thompson, except that of Calliope, which is in the
county of Clinton. Topographically the country is lowland, the surface
in most parts being not more than 50 feet above sea level.

Associated with the ostracods in these Tertiary shales, many of which
are oil shales, gastropods belonging to the freshwater Planorbis
group and fragmentary fish remains have been found. The association-
of fossil fish with ostracods in the same strata is not unnatural, however,
for recent zoological study has shown that they are an important source
of food for fish today. Coprolites, which may have come from such
freshwater reptiles as crocodiles or chelonians, also have been found in
the bore-cores.

Although the ostracods are very abundant in many of the samples
they have generally been found to be crushed and broken. Some well-
preserved individuals, nevertheless, have been found, but these are
relatively uncommon, and usually occur in the better quality oil shales.

With reference to habitat, in seems that, in most cases, The Narrows
fossil ostracods could have no other origin than burial in situ. It has
been observed, also, that while they are generally more abundant in the
oil shales, they are quite common in some of the non-bituminous shales
in the bore-cores. They are, however, rare and completely absent from
some of the bituminous as well as the non-bituminous shales. Thus, it is
clear that the ostracods themselves have not played the principal role in
the formation of the oil shales as such. It is pertinent to mention the
fact, however, that freshwater ostracods are known to favour a still,
shallow water environment containing sufficient organic material for
them to pursue their scavenging habits, and that in such an environment
they may be found in vast swarms swimming near the surface, or
creeping among the plants and in the mud of the lake floor. Zoological
study has also shown that while these minute, bivalved crustaceans are
omnivorous, they feed largely on decaying algal material. This is
interesting, for many oil shales are now regarded as being primarily of
algal origin. Accordingly, it is not unnatural to find ostracods abundant
in these shales, since they apparently frequented such an environment as
that in which the shales were formed. Their scarcity and complete
absence from some of the oil shales, also, may possibly be correlated with
the fact that recent freshwater ostracods are very rare in waters
extremely high in organic material.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS,

113

Species Occurrence Chart Lists.

In the species occurrence charts that have been drawn up from a
study of the ostracods contained in the bore-core samples, the following
abbreviations are employed: — V.R. — Very Rare; R. — Rare; R-C. — Rare
to Common; C. — Common.

Feet.

Cypris

munduranensis.

Ilyodromm ?
concentricus.

Cyprinotus

punctatus.

Erpetocypris

aequalis.

Erpetocypris ?
subtriangularis.

Cypridopsis

linearis.

135

R

VR

Bore I.

VR

C

137

R

VR

C

157

R-C

C

R-C

161

R-C

C

C

R

182

R-C

C

R-C

R

196

C

R-C

R

197

C

R-C

R

R

217

C

R

R

R

R

225

R-C

R

C

240

R-C

VR

R

R

260

C

R

R

284

R

R

297

R

R

R

321

R

R

94

R

Bore III.

C

R

112

C

, #

C

C

170

. .

VR

R

R-C

212

C

VR

R

R

220

c

VR

R

R

231

c

R

. .

R

256

c

# .

R

R

273

c

R

R

81

R-C

VR

Bore IV.

R

R

104

C

R-C

R

R

152

C

C

R

R

R

170

C

R-C

R

R

, #

193

C

R

R

217

C

R

R

m m

266

R

R-C

58

C

R

Bore V .

VR

R

70

C

R-C

VR

, .

R

81

C

R

R

, ,

R

113

# #

R

R

VR

162

c

VR

# #

VR

175

c

R-C

R

190

c

. .

R

214

R

R

84

C

Bore VI.

R

R

100

C

, ,

m #

m 9

R

R

136

, ,

VR

R

m #

, m

VR

201

c

R

R

R

# f

229

c

R-C

R-C

R

, #

, ,

271

R

. .

R-C

R

, ,

. .

114

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Feet.

Cypris

rnunduranensis.

Ilyodromus ?
concentricus.

Cyprinotus

punctatus.

Erpetocypris
aequalis. i

Erpetocypris ?
subtriangitiaris .

Cypridopsis

linearis.

76

C

R-C

Bore XII.

R

R

92

R-C

R

115

C

C

R

R

138

C

R-C

. .

164

C

R

R

R

R

185

C

R

R

. .

204

C

R

211

c

R

R

232

R

, f

258

C

R

261

C

R

274

C

R

R

296

C

R

78

R

VR

Bore XIII

VR

R

124

R

R

R

R

127

C

R

R

R

133

c

VR

R-C

R

. ,

143

c

R

R

R

VR

205

R

. .

, ,

246

R

R

R

256

R

. ,

269

C

R

R

284

C

R

64

R

Bore XIV

R

70

C

VR

74

R

VR

R

79

C

R-C

R

100

C

VR

123

C

. .

R

R

135

R

VR

R

140

C

R

147

C

R

R

VR

150

C

R

R

154

C

R

162

R

R-C

R-C

176

R

R

R

205

VR

R

215

C

R-C

R

. ,

261

€

R-C

Zonal Correlations.

From a study of the above species occurrence charts it will be seen
that the vertical range of Ilyodromus ? concentricus is approximately
115 feet. Although in Bores III, XIII, and XI Y the proved vertical
range of this species is, respectively, only 61, 65, and 76 feet, it is
apparent that these figures do not represent the complete range, since
only widely-spaced and relatively small samples from these bore-cores
were available for study. In all of the other bores the vertical range
approximates to, but does not exceed, 115 feet. From this general
persistence a broad zone, some 115 feet in thickness, has been set up. It
has been called the Zone of Ilyodromus f concentricus.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS.

115

I

Text Fig. 1.

Diagram of Bores at The Narrows, showing division of strata into zones, and correlations.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

This Zone has been divided into three Snbzones, on the presence or
absence of the other ostracod species. In the uppermost of these Subzones,
which is approximately 20 feet in thickness, Cypris munduranensis,
Ilyodromus ? concentricus, Cypridopsis linearis , and Erpetocypris?
subtriangularis are present, while Cyprinotus punctatus and Erpetocypris
aequalis are absent. This subzone has been called Subzone A. Underlying
it is Subzone B, approximately 50 feet in thickness, and characterised
by the presence of Cypris munduranensis, Ilyodromus? concent ricus,
Cyprinotus punctatus , and Cypridopsis linearis , and the absence of
Erpetocypris aequalis and Erpetocypris ? subtriangularis. This in turn
is underlain by Subzone C, which is approximately 45 feet in thickness,
and is characterised by the presence of Cypris munduranensis,
Ilyodromus? concentricus , Cyprinotus punctatus, and Erpetocypris
aequalis, and the absence of Cypridopsis linearis and Erpetocypris?
sub triangularis.

The Zone of Ilyodromus? concentricus is overlain by Zone I, from
which Ilyodromus? concentricus, Cyprinotus punctatus, and Erpetocypris
aequalis are absent, but in which Cypris munduranensis, Erpetocypris?
subtriangularis, and Cypridopsis linearis are present. This zone is
represented only in the samples submitted from Bores III, VI, XII, and
XIV, and, because of the long ranges of the species present, it is not
possible to divide it into subzones. It is at least 25 feet in thickness.

The Zone of Ilyodromus? concentricus — or Zone II — is underlain by
Zone III, in which Ilyodromus? concentricus is again absent. In this
zone, which is at least 100 feet thick, Cypris munduranensis, Cyprinotus
punctatus, and Erpetocypris aequalis are present, but Erpetocypris?
subtriangularis, Cypridopsis linearis and Ilyodromus? concentricus are
absent. Unfortunately, owing to the long ranges of the three species
present, it has not been possible to divide this broad zone into subzones.

From this division into zones, based on a study of the eight species
occurrence charts, an approximate correlation of the strata in the
portions of the various bores examined has been arrived at and the
accompanying chart drawn up. For security reasons, no information
concerning the exact location, relative position, and depth of these bores
is at present available. Accordingly, the accompanying chart does not
suggest any structural phenomena, but is one of zonation and correlation
only. Although the relative position of the various bores has not
officially been disclosed, however, they are known to be quite widely
separated from one another, so that little, if any, structure could be
deduced with safety from a correlation chart, even if the exact spacing
were known.

The surface elevation, respectively, at Bores I, III, IV, V, VI, XII,
XIII, and XIV has officially been given as 45, 80, 25, 20, 5, 25, 12, and
25 feet, and this variation is shown on the correlation chart (Text Fig. 1).

Discussion.

In conclusion, it may be said that, although the ostracod species
found in The Narrows Tertiary shales have proved somewhat disappoint-
ing for purposes of close zonation, the recognition of various characteristic
faunal assemblages has enabled the division into zones and approximate
correlation of the strata in the various bores.

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 117

Taxonomic work on The Narrows ostracods and the referring of
all the species to freshwater genera has also been important, since it
indicates a lacustrine origin for these Tertiary shales. Furthermore,
since freshwater fish, unionids, freshwater gastropods, and dicotyledonous
leaves have also been recorded from this Tertiary basin, it now seems
clear that the deposit is wholly a freshwater one.

The study and identification of the various ostracods has provided
certain information concerning the environmental conditions of deposition
and origin of these ostracod-bearing shales. The presence and wide
distribution of species which have been referred to the genera
Erpetocypris, Ilyodromus and Cypridopsis suggest that the lake was
shallow but probably of a permanent nature, that its floor was covered in
part with mud, decayed vegetable matter and algae, and that the
temperature of the water was probably very close to that found in
similarly situated lakes today. Ostracods belonging to the genera
Erpetocypris and Ilyodromus are found today only on the floors of
shallow lakes and ponds, creeping among the plants, crawling and
burrowing in the mud, and feeding mainly on algae. Furthermore,
although Cypris, Cyprinotus and Cypridopsis are swimmers as well as
creepers, they are known to occur most abundantly in still, shallow
waters containing a moderate amount of organic material. Accordingly,
it seems clear that The Narrows ostracod-bearing shales were laid down
under the above environmental conditions and, since algal and other
vegetable material was present in varying amounts, it is not surprising
to find that many of these shales arc somewhat bituminous. Certain
parts of this Tertiary lake, where the environment was particularly
favourable, must have teemed with ostracods at the time. It might also
be mentioned that, from the wide geographical and stratigraphical
distribution of the ostracods in the basin, it would seem that these
environmental conditions must have extended over a fairly considerable
part of the lake, and existed intermittently at least for the time
necessary for the deposition of several hundred feet of shale. It can be
concluded, therefore, that the area was slowly subsiding.

The fact that ostracods are scarce and completely absent from some
of the shales passed through in boring, however, indicates that the above
environmental conditions did not extend over the whole lake and
throughout the entire period of deposition. One other environment, in
which the amount of vegetable material was so great that the water was
probably unsuitable for the presence of ostracods, is suggested by their
absence from most of the higher-grade bituminous shales. Another
environment, also, in which the amount of vegetable material was very
small and ostracods were not abundant, is indicated by their scarcity
in the coarser-grained, non-bituminous shales. Since freshwater
gastropods have, on the other hand, been found to be more prevalent in
these coarser-textured shales, they apparently favoured this environment.

Finally, it must be admitted that the ostracods identified have not
proved of very great value for the determination of the precise age of
The Narrows Tertiaries. It is clear, however, that the fauna is fairly
closely allied to the present-day one, since all the species described have
been referred to living genera. It is possible, moreover, that some of the
forms described may even be identical with living, but as yet undescribed
species, or that some may be very closely related to such forms. Until
the recent freshwater ostracod fauna of Queensland has been completely

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

described and detailed accounts of the structure of the carapace valves
have been given, however, no very definite comparisons can be made.
The presence of Cypris and Cypridopsis in the material, unfortunately,
is of no value for purposes of age determination, since, although both
these genera occur mainly in the Tertiary, their ranges extend back to
the Jurassic and the Permian respectively. The genera Erpetocypris,
llyodromus and Cyprinotus, however, are of some value. They are found
only in the Tertiary and Recent and neither llyodromus nor Cyprinotus
appears to have been previously recorded from the Tertiary.
Erpetocypris , however, has been recorded from the Redbank Plains
Series, which is probably of Oligocene age (Hills, 1934), and the known
backward range of this genus was thereby extended considerably.
Accordingly, it seems most unlikely that the age of The Narrows
Tertiaries is pre-Oligocene. The presence of more recent genera than
are found in the Redbank Plains Series, in fact, strongly suggests that
the age of the beds is post-Oligocene. However, since none of The
Narrows species seems to be identical with any of the described recent
Australian forms, it is improbable that the shales are of Upper Tertiary
age, as Pliocene and Pleistocene ostracod faunas generally are identical
with recent ones. Moreover, it has already been shown that certain of
The Narrows species were short-ranged, and some members of the fauna
are definitely known to be extinct. However, since all but one of the
species described have been found to be new, it is apparent that the
species themselves cannot at present provide more precise information
concerning the age of the strata.

All the above information seems to indicate a probable Miocene age
for The Narrows Tertiaries. This agrees with Hills’ recent determination
(1943), from a study of the fossil fish, that “the age of the strata is
probably Miocene.” When more taxonomic work has been carried out on
Tertiary and Recent freshwater ostracods, however, and the geological
ranges of the various genera and species have been accurately determined,
a more precise and definite age determination may be possible.

B. Petrie Series.

General Aspects.

As mentioned above, ostracods have been recorded by Ball (1932)
and the present writer (1944) from four places in the Petrie Series,
where they were found in shales brought up on putting down wells and
bores.

The Petrie Series, situated just N. of Brisbane, was named and
originally described by Jones in 1927, and a more detailed, supplemen-
tary account was given by the present writer in 1944. The series occupies
a roughly circular area of some fifteen square miles centred about
Strathpine (14 miles by rail N. of Brisbane) and is made up largely of
shales, which owing to their soft nature seldom outcrop.

As well as the occurrence of ostrocods, unionids, fossil fish and
various plant remains have also been found in this Tertiary basin and,
on palaeontological and lithological evidence, a provisional Miocene age
has already been given to the series (Beasley, 1944).

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS.

119

Unfortunately, only a small collection of ostracod-bearing shale
samples from the Petrie Series has been available for micropalae-
ontological examination. A few small samples were obtained from
Houghton’s bore at Lawnton, but most of this material was very much
crushed and broken up by percussion drilling. Only two samples were
found on the spoil heap of the old well on portion 190, parish of Warner
and, although more material was collected from Simpson’s well, E. of
Bald Hills, it had weathered practically to a soil and almost all the
ostracods were present only as internal casts. Most of the material so
far collected has, in fact, come from Brecknell’s bore at Strathpine,
and this has provided the basis for the micropalaeontological work that
lias been carried out. Quantitatively, however, the amount of ostracod-
bearing shale available for study even from this bore was not great and,
as the material had lain on the surface for several years, it had weathered
and become still further broken up.

Although much of the ostracod-bearing shale that has been collected
is rich in ostracod remains, most of the valves are even more crushed
and broken than those from The Narrows. An intensive microscopic
search, however, has revealed a number of identifiable forms which have
given some indication of the fauna and its affinities.

In the collection of samples examined, the species present in order
of abundance are: — Erpetocypris aequalis Chapman, 1935; Cypris
munduranensis sp. nov. ; Cypridopsis compressa Chapman, 1935 ;
Ilyodromusf concentricus sp. nov. ; Erpetocypris f subtriangularis,
sp. nov.

Discussion.

Considered as a whole, the known ostracod fauna of this
series shows a very close affinity with that described above
from The Narrows Tertiaries. In fact, four of the five species
identified — namely, Cypris munduranensis, Ilyodromusf concentricus,
Erpetocypris aequalis , and Erpetocypris f subtriangularis — are found
in The Narrows Tertiaries. In the presence of the other species,
Cypridopsis compressa , as well as of Erpetocypris aequalis, how-
ever, some affinity is shown with the fauna of the Redbank
Plains Series described by Chapman in 1935. Although Erpetocypris
aequalis and Cypridopsis compressa are common members of the Petrie
Series fauna, it must be borne in mind that most simple, smooth-shelled
Cyprids are long-ranged, so that the occurrence of these species needs
not necessarily suggest approximately equivalent ages for the two series.
In fact, the presence of these two ostracods in all the Petrie Series
ostracod-bearing shale at present available suggests that they are
moderately long-ranged forms. Accordingly, in evaluating the Petrie
Series ostracods as a criterion of age, it is necessary to consider all
members of the fauna. When this is done, there is definitely a much
closer relationship between the Petrie Series and The Narrows ostracod
faunas than between the former and that of the Redbank Plains Series.

From this similarity in their ostracod faunas, and the fact that two
of the species common to them are moderately short-ranged forms, it
seems that the Petrie Series is equivalent in age to The Narrows
Tertiaries. Since a probable Miocene age has already been suggested for
The Narrows Tertiaries from a study of its ostracod fauna (see above),
a probable Miocene age, then, can also be postulated for the Petrie Series.

T

120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The recognition in the Petrie Series of so many of the same species
as are found in The Narrows Tertiaries also suggests similar environ-
mental conditions of deposition for the ostracod-bearing shales in both
these Tertiary basins. (For a detailed account of these, see above.)

Finally, the discovery of Ilyodromus? concentricus in the material
from Houghton’s Bore near Lawnton has been of particular importance,
since this species proved to have a vertical range of only 115 feet in
The Narrows Tertiaries. Accordingly, the ostracod-bearing shale encoun-
tered at about 45 feet in Houghton’s Bore may reasonably be correlated
with some horizon within this 115-foot thickness. Furthermore, as this
species has been found to be quite common in the Lawnton material, it
may be stratigraphically equivalent to an horizon somewhere near the
central part of the Zone of Ilyodromus? concentricus in The Narrows
Tertiaries. It has, therefore, been possible to correlate a horizon in the
Petrie Series at least approximately with an equivalent one in The
Narrows Tertiaries.

C. Baffle Creek.

General Aspects.

Immediately before and during the early part of the 1914-1918 war
some consideration was given to the possibility of exploiting the oil shales
of the Baffle Creek Tertiaries, and a number of shafts and a deep bore —
the Lowmead No. 1 Bore — were put down in the southern part of the
basin. A small collection of samples from some of these sinkings are now
in the Museum of the Department of Geology, University of Queensland,
and have recently been examined by the writer. All the shale samples
in this small collection are somewhat bituminous in nature, but ostracods
have not been found in all the specimens. In some, however, they have
been found to be exceedingly abundant, and so closely packed that it is
impossible to distinguish the individual outlines of the valves
accurately.

The Baffle Creek Tertiaries, situated in the upper part of the Baffle
Creek valley, about midway between Bundaberg and Gladstone, are
known to occupy a belt of country some eleven miles long and one to
two miles wide, and to have a probable area of some thirty square miles.
They extend from near Lowmead (48 miles N. of Bundaberg) almost to
Colosseum (6 miles S. of Miriam Vale) on the main North Coast
Bailway.

As well as ostracods, Ball (1916, p. 15) has recorded indeterminable
carbonised stem fragments, sponge gemmules, freshwater gastropods and
chelonian remains from the Tertiary shales, and dicotyledonous leaves
and unionids from the associated argillaceous sandstones in the basin.

Ball (1914a, p. 21) has also stated that the Baffle Creek “shales
closely resemble those of the Oxley district, near Brisbane, not only in
lithological characters but in their fossil contents.”

The ostracod-bearing shales examined are all from portion 30, parish
of Warro, county of Flinders. A number of them are from various
depths in the Lowmead No. 1 Bore, which was put down in the N.W.
corner of portion 30, about a quarter of a mile from the railway and
some two miles W.N.W. of Lowmead railway station. Several of the
samples are from No. 2 Shaft, in the centre of portion 30, near the

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS. 121

bank of Marked Tree Creek, and the remainder are believed to have
•come from outcropping shales also on this portion.

Unfortunately, all the material that has been available for study
is very badly crushed — even more so than that from The Narrows or the
Petrie Series — and detailed micropalaeontological work has been
particularly difficult.

The species identified in the collection of samples, in order of their
abundance, are : — Erpetocypris aequalis Chapman, 1935 ; Stenocypris
lowmeadensis sp. nov. ; Cypridopsis compressa Chapman, 1935.

Discussion.

Prom our present knowledge, the ostracod fauna of the Baffle Creek
Tertiaries seems to show a fairly close resemblance to that of the Redbank
Plains Series. The known ostracod faunas of both these basins are
smaller than that of either The Narrows Tertiaries or the Petrie Series,
and in both the Baffle Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains Series the
forms Erpetocypris aequalis and Cypridopsis compressa are prominent.
Since only three species have so far been identified from both of these
basins, the similarity in their ostracod faunas is all the more marked.
Although Erpetocypris aequalis and Cypridopsis compressa are known to
be long-ranged forms, their common occurrence and the absence of
several species found in The Narrows and the Petrie Series material
show that the faunas of the Baffle Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank
Plains Series are distinctly different from those of the above basins, and
suggest a somewhat different geological age. It might also be mentioned
that a recent examination of the Redbank Plains ostracod-bearing shale
has resulted in the discovery of Stenocypris lowmeadensis in that
material, so that this long, narrow ostracod also occurs in both the Baffle
Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains Series, but has not been found
in The Narrows Tertiaries or the Petrie Series.

Accordingly, from this similarity in their ostracod faunas, it seems
likely that the Baffle Creek Tertiaries are approximately equivalent in
age to the Redbank Plains Series. Although the ostracods themselves,
in this case, do not give any information as to the exact age of these
beds, it might be mentioned that Hills (1934), from a study of the fish
remains, has concluded that the Redbank Plains Series is most probably
of Oligocene age. It therefore seems that the Baffle Creek Tertiaries also
are probably Oligocene in age.

The referring to freshwater genera of the ostracods determined from
the Baffle Creek Tertiaries has also further supported the concept that
the basin is wholly a freshwater one.

Finally, mention might be made of the fact that geographically the
Baffle Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains Series are centred about
the same distance inland from the present coastline, while The Narrows
Tertiaries and the Petrie Series, on the other hand, respectively are
found adjoining and adjacent to the present coastline.

PART IV. GENERAL CONCLUSIONS.

Palaeontological work on the above ostracod faunas has clearly
demonstrated their stratigraphical value. It has been possible to draw
up a broad zonal correlation of The Narrows bores, and to correlate a
number of the isolated Tertiary basins. The Narrows Tertiaries and the

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Petrie Series are considered as being most probably Miocene in age, and
the Baffle Creek Tertiaries and the Redbank Plains Series as probably
Oligocene. This has confirmed Hills’ conclusion (1943), from a study of
the fish fauna of two of these basins (Redbank Plains and The Narrows),
that the Tertiary deposits of Eastern Queensland are not all
contemporaneous.

The environmental conditions of deposition for these ostracod-
bearing shales indicate that the lakes were largely shallow but probably
of a permanent nature, that their floors were covered in part with mud,
decayed vegetable matter and algae, that the temperature of the water
was probably very close to that found in similarly situated lakes today,
and that the lakes were all freshwater ones. Slow subsidence during
deposition, also, is indicated by the thicknesses of ostracod-bearing shales
that contain a shallow-water fauna.

The absence of ostracods from some of the oil shales and their
presence in non-bituminous shales show that they are not the principal
contributor to the kerogen of the oil shales in these basins. Their common
occurrence in them, however, is natural, since they favoured an
environment rich in algal material such as that in which these oil shales
were formed and, in most cases, they were apparently buried in situ. By
partial decomposition of the soft parts of the animal, however, the
ostracods may have contributed in some small measure to the formation
of the oil shales. A partial animal origin has, in fact, been suggested by
Ball (1914b, p. 74) for some of The Narrows and Baffle Creek oil shales,
and by the present writer (1944, p. 98) for some of the Petrie Series
oil shale.

It is probable that the ostracods contained in the shales of some of the
Tertiary basins, other than The Narrows, will also prove of value for zonal
correlation purposes in the future. Since drilling operations will be
necessary for the adequate study of all these basins, more sets of bore-
cores should eventually become available and so enable attempts at
zonation and correlation of the strata to be made.

In conclusion, it may be said that, although the ostracods have not
yet proved of very great value for the determination of the precise age
of the various deposits, they have already given some indication of their
probable ages. When more work has been carried out on Tertiary and
Recent freshwater ostracods, and the geological ranges of the various
genera and species have been accurately determined, more precise age
determinations for some of these basins may be possible.

Acknowledgments.

This work was financed by the Commonwealth Government
Grant through the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research
to the University of Queensland. The writer would like to thank
Mr. 0. A. Jones and Dr. W. H. Bryan for their helpful advice, and
Professor H. C. Richards for his personal interest in enabling him to
carry out this work. The material from The Narrows was submitted
for examination by the Chief Government Geologist, Mr. L. C. Ball. The
drawings are the work of Mr. R. Gra dwell.

123

OSTRACODS FROM SOME QUEENSLAND TERTIARY BASINS.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Baird, W. (1850). “Natural History of the British Entomostraca. * ’ Ray Society,
London.

Ball, L. C. (1914a). “Tertiary Oil Shales of Baffle Creek, Port Curtis District. ”
Queensl. Gov. Min. J., xv, 19-24.

Ball, L. G'. (1914b). “Tertiary Oil Shales of The Narrows, Port C*urtis District.”
Queensl. Gov. Min. J ., xv, 73-76.

Ball, L. C. (1916a). “Lowniead No. 1 Bore, and the Tertiary Oil Shales of Baffle
Creek. ’ ’ Queensl. Gov. Min. J., xvii, 13-18.

Ball, L. C. (1916b). “Notes of a Short Tour in the Gladstone District.” Queensl.
Gov. Min. J., xvii, 213.

Ball, L. C. (1924). “Report on Oil Prospecting near Beaudesert. ” Queensl. Gov.
Min. J ., xxv, 364.

Ball, L. C. (1932). “Bentonite, near Brisbane.” Queensl. Gov. Min. J.,
xxxiii, 384.

Beasley, A. W. (1944). “Notes on the Petrie Series, South-Eastern Queensland.”
Proc. Boy. Soc. Queensl., lv, 87-101.

Brady, G. S. (1868). “Monograph of Recent British Ostracods.” Trans. Linn. Soc.,
London, xxvi, 353-495.

Brady, G. S. (1886). “Notes on Entomostraca collected by Mr. A. Haly in Ceylon.”
J. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., xix, 293-317.

Brady, G. S., and Norman, A. M. (1889). “A Monograph of the Marine and
Freshwater Ostracods of the North Atlantic and of North-Western Europe.
Part 1, Sect. 1, Podocopa.” Sci. Trams. Boy. Dublin Soc. iv (ser. 2),
63-270.

Chapman, F. (1919). “On an Ostraeod and Shell Marl of Pleistocene Age from
Boneo Swamp, West of Cape Schanck, Victoria.” Proc. Boy. Soc. Viet.,
xxxii, 24-32.

Chapman, F. (1935). “Report on Samples of Surface Tertiary Rocks and a Bore
Sample containing Ostraeoda from Queensland. * ’ Proc. Boy. Soc. Queensl.,
xlvi, 66-71.

David, T. W. E. (1932). “Explanatory Notes to Accompany a New Geological
Map of the Commonwealth of Australia.” Aust. Medical Pub. Co., Sydney.

Henry, M. (1923). “A Monograph of Freshwater Entomostraca of New South
Wales, Part 3, Ostraeoda.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlviii, 267-286.

Hills, E. S. (1934). “Tertiary Fresh-Water Fishes from Southern Queensland.”
Mem. Queensl. Mus., x, 157-174.

Hills, E. S. (1943). “Tertiary Fresh-Water Fishes and Crocodilian Remains
from Gladstone and Duaringa, Queensland.” Mem. Queensl. Mus., xii,
96-100.

Jensen, H. I. (1924). “The Search for Oil.” Queensl. Gov. Min. J., xxv, 237.

Jones, O. A. (1927). “The Tertiary Deposits of the Moreton District, South-
Eastern Queensland.” Proc. Boy. Soc. Queensl., xxxviii, 23-46.

Jones, T. R., and Hinde, G. J. (1890). “A Supplementary Monograph of the
Cretaceous Entomostraca of England and Ireland.” Palaeontogr. Soc.
Mon., London.

King, R. L. (1855). “On Australian Entomostracans. ” Proc. Boy. Soc. Tas., iii,
56-75.

Muller, O. F. (1785). “Entomostraca seu Inseeta testacea. ” Lipsiae et Havniae.

Reid, J. H., and Richards, H. C. (1935). In Abstracts of Proceedings, Proc. Boy.
Soc. Queensl., xlvi, p. xiv.

Sars, G. O. (1889). “On some Freshwater Ostraeoda and Copepoda raised from
Dried Australian Mud.” Christ. Videns.—Sels. Forliand. No. 8, pp. 1-79.

Sars, G. O. (1894). “Contributions to the knowledge of the Freshwater Entomostraca
of New Zealand.” Christ. Videns. — Sels. STcrifter i. Math. Nat. Klasse, No. 5.

U

124

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ROYAL SOCIETY OP QUEENSLAND.

Explanation of Plate VI.

Fig. 1 a, b. — Cypris munduranensis sp. nov. ; a, riglit valve, lateral view; b, profile
of same valve. Holotype. X 80.

Fig. 2 a, b. — Iiyodromus? conoentricus sp. nov.; a, riglit valve, lateral vieiv; b, profile
of same valve. Holotype. X 80.

Fig 3. — Erpetocypris aequalis Chapman. Left valve, lateral view. F. 1979,

Queensland Geological Survey Collection. Bore 1, at 225 ft., The
Narrows Tertiaries. X 40.

Fig. 4 a , b. — Cyprinotus punctatus sp. nov.; a, right valve, lateral view; b, profile of
same valve. Holotype. X 20.

Fig. 5'. — Erpetocypris? subtriangularis sp. nov. Left valve, lateral view. Holotype,
X 40.

Fig. 6 — Cypridopsis linearis sp. nov. Bight valve, lateral view. Holotype. X 20.

Fig. 7. — Cypridopsis compressa Chapman. Bight valve, lateral view. F. 7912,

University of Queensland Collection. Brecknell’s Bore, Petrie

Series. X 30.

Fig 8. — Stenocypris lowmeadensis sp. nov. Left valve, lateral view. Holotype. X 20.

SI

Vol. LYI, No. 12.

125

A A PAPUAN ORCHID.

Dendrobium Coplandii (Bailey) Rupp, comb. nov. A

By H. M. R. Rupp, Northbridge, N.S.W.

(Communicated by C. T. White.)

(With Plate VII.)

( Received 2 6th October , 1944; accepted for publication, 30 th October T
1944; issued separately, 29 th June, 1945.)

This little Papuan orchid was discovered by the late Rev. Copland
King near Ambasi, and was named in his honour by F. M. Bailey, who
described it in Queensl. Agric. Journ. xvii (1906), 232, under the name
Bulbophyllum Coplandii. The structure of the flower suggests that it
would be better placed in Dendrobium. The length of the petals, the
large spur, and the trilobate labellum with raised longitudinal lines or
ridges, are all more characteristic of the latter genus than of Bulbophyl-
lum. In the National Herbarium of New South Wales there are
specimens in good condition sent by the Rev. P. C. Shaw from Ambasi
in June 1906, and it is from these that a study of the plant has been
made by the present writer. The labellum is very long and narrow,
and in dried material its details are difficult to distinguish ; but after
softening out a flower, the small lateral lobes could be unfolded, and the
longitudinal ridges were revealed — one of them apparently continuing
along the greater part of the middle lobe. The margins of the lobes
are irregularly crenulate-crisped. The foot of the column is very long,
corresponding with the length of the large spur, and the labellum is
articulate with its apex by a very short claw.

Plate VII.

Dendrobium Copland] i (Bail.) Rupp.

A — Portion of a plant, natural size.

B — Column, showing the long foot.

C — A flower, with labellum partly pulled out
between the lateral sepals.

D — Labellum from above.

|

t Enlarged.

J

The Royal Society of Queensland.

Report of Council for 1943.

To the Members of the Royal Society of Queensland.

Your Council has pleasure in submitting the Annual Report of the
Society for the year 1943.

At Ordinary Meetings three addresses were given, two exhibit
evenings, and two symposia held, while one meeting was devoted to films
and a short address. Six original papers were accepted for publication
in the Proceedings.

The Chief Secretary’s Department has agreed to pay a £1 for £1
subsidy for printing on papers 1-8 published in Volume LIV. of the
Proceedings and judged of value from a governmental point of view.
The Council acknowledges this subsidy with gratitude.

A large portion of the library, which had been stored in the
basement as a precautionary measure during the previous year, was
returned to the Royal Society room. A complete recataloguing of the
library was undertaken, and this has been completed largely owing to
the efforts of Mr. Pennington, whose assistance to the honorary librarian
is warmly appreciated by the Council.

During the year a deputation consisting of Prof. Richards, Mr.
Perkins, and Prof. Bostock was received by the Premier, the Hon. F. A.
Cooper, to discuss library facilities in post-war needs. Mr. Cooper gave
an assurance that in the planning of a Central Library for the State,
favourable consideration would be given to the housing therein of the
library of the Royal Society. He also approved of financial assistance
being given to the Society for the binding of journals to the extent of
£50 os.

There are 3 honorary life members, 4 life members, 3 correspond-
ing members, 196 ordinary members, and 9 associate members in the
Society. This year the Society has lost 2 members by death and 3 by
resignation, while 11 have been elected to ordinary membership and 7
to associate membership.

The Council would like to place on record its regret at the death
of the late Mr. Henry Tryon. Mr. Tryon was an original member of
the Society and the first Secretary. He was also one of the first honorary
life members, and took an active interest in the affairs of the Society
until his death.

Attendance at Council meetings was as follows: — J. Bostock 7,
D. H. K. Lee 8, F. A. Perkins 7, E. W. Bick 10, M. Scott 9, I. R, Bick 8,
S. T. Blake 6. M. F. Hickey 8, W. H. Bryan 6, H. J. G. Hines 6, T. G. H.
Jones 7, E. M. Shepherd 5, C. Clark 0.

JOHN BOSTOCK, President.

Margaret I. R. Scott, Hon. Secretary.

w

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE FOR YEAR ENDED 31st DECEMBER, 1943.

©

CO

t-

rH

rH

05

10

o

o

o

to

05

O

o

fc-

so

CO

to

to

CO

o

lO

CQ

CO

tH

o

co

rH

tH

rH

1 — 1

I — 1

rH

12

69

oa

Cvl

CO

rH

CM

rH

o

Cvl

i — 1

tH

oo

05

00

O

'HH 05
CO tr-

ee

CM to

a>

>

o

O

rO

‘So

rO

P

02

so

«0

05

CD

bo

a3

h^>

02

O

PM

£

u

c$

hj

cd

pH

o

CO

o S
& W

Jj CO

p £

PrC -P
•rH QO

'S

bo be
«8 d g

02 02 p

O O W

PM pH ^

Ph

O

ft

<1

O ^

cu

oi

MU

P

.O

>

o

o

o3

0

K

OQ

02 -P>

* P .s

5 £

CO CO

Ph

«H P
CO 03

w

ft ^

■e ^

s «s ®

<3 <d >

^ Ph O

A Eh O

C0

p

to g to

ft

J l-P ^ *S

. CD

P ■£

O ro

W 02 Pm

P rH
02 rP

Ph <n

►> p

^ a

O

o

o

CO

T— 1

CO

CO

05

Ttf

o

tH

■HH

o

T— 1

rH

1 I

CM

I— 1

tH

HH

Cvl

CO

'p

to

<0

QQ

O

CD

-P>

p

~t-0

£j

P

o

•M

o

1— 1

g

CO

?H

ft

CD

o

O

•a

o

Q

M

o

* rH

P3

o

<p

PP

aT

.ft

o

■ +s>

02

o

rH

c3

3

CO

ft

P

00

O

ro3

00

CD

<D

H-s>

be

.P

’S

PQ

02

GQ

M

02

CO

&X)

P

<r3

-s

M

s

Examined and found correct. E. W. BICK, Hon. Treasurer,

L. P. HERDSMAN, Hon. Auditor,

14th February, 1944,

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

VII.

Abstract of Proceedings, 27th March, 1944.

The Animal Meeting of the Society was held in the Geology
Department of the University on Monday, 27th March, 1944, at 8 p.m.
The Chair was occupied by the President (Prof. J. Bostock). An
apology was received from the Patron, His Excellency the Governor.
Thirty members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
annual meeting were read and confirmed. The Annual Report was
adopted and the Balance-sheet received. Miss Barbara Campbell was
nominated for Ordinary Membership and Mr. E. G. Le Breton for
Associate Membership. It was decided to send a congratulatory
telegram on behalf of the Society to Prof. 0. W. Tiegs on his recently
conferred F.R.S.

The following officers and Council were elected for 1944 : —
President, Mr. F. A. Perkins; Vice-Presidents, Prof. J. Bostock and
Prof. H. J. Wilkinson; Hon. Secretary, Miss M. Scott; Hon. Treasurer,
Mr. E. W. Bick; Hon. Editors, Dr. M. F. Hickey and Mr. S. T. Blake;
Hon. Librarian, Mr. I. R. Bick; Members of Council, Prof. T. G. H.
Jones, Prof. D. H. K. Lee, Mr. 0. A. Jones, Mr. E. M. Shepherd, and
Mr. R. Pennington; Hon. Auditor, Mr. L. P. Herdsman.

The Presidential Address, “A Retrospect of Modern Psychiatry,”
was delivered by Prof. J. Bostock. A vote of thanks was moved by
Prof. H. J. Wilkinson, seconded by Dr. M. F. Hickey and carried by
acclamation.

Abstract of Proceedings, 24th April, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Geology Department of the University on Monday, 24th April, at 8 p.m.,
with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. About forty
members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous meeting
were read and confirmed. Miss B. Campbell was elected to Ordinary
Membership, and Mr. E. G. Le Breton to Associate Membership. Miss
H. Clark was proposed for Ordinary Membership.

Dr. D. A. Herbert exhibited a collection of subterranean fungi,
including Polyporus mylittae (Blaekfellow’s Bread), P. tumulosus (a
mound-forming fungus), and species of Hymenogaster and Rhizopogon.
Specimens of Panaeolws ovatus from Eudlo were tabled ; this species was
responsible for five cases of mushroom poisoning at Eudlo in December,
1943.

Dr. J. Legg exhibited hairballs taken from cattle, the jaw of a
bovine showing the gross lesions of actinomycosis, and a set of lower
jaws from sheep of different ages, all of which was affected by chronic
endemic fluorosis. He traced the history of the disease, and showed how
the etiology of this wide-spread malady was elucidated. He suggested
that Dr. M. White, who had given him these specimens, should outline
the extent and distribution of fluorosis among animals in Queensland.
Dr. White gave some interesting details of investigations he was conduct-
ing into fluorosis among animals drinking underground supplies of water
containing fluorine. He also exhibited an unusual type of enterolith
taken from a cow.

VIII.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Dr. I. Lauder exhibited isotopic forms of water. The origin of the
term isotope was explained, and then the factors which give rise to the
existence of isotopes were considered. The separation of the hydrogen
isotopes by eloctrolysis and the oxygen isotopes by thermal diffusion were
reviewed very briefly. A demonstration of the difference in properties
between normal water and heavy hydrogen water was then given.

Mr. E. F. Riek exhibited a representative collection of the crayfish of
Queensland, and discussed their zonal distribution and phytogeny. In
conclusion he made a few remarks on the distribution of the family
Parastacidae, or crayfish of the southern hemisphere, supporting the
hypothesis that these crayfish arose in a single centre before the
disruption of the original Gondwanaland into the present continents.

Mr. D. G. Bieske exhibited two continuous liquid-liquid extraction
units — one for extraction from a light liquid using a heavy liquid, and
the other for extraction from a heavy liquid using a lighter solvent.
Their methods of separation, together with advantages and disadvantages,
were explained.

Mr. J. B. Wadley exhibited some photographs of scientific interest.

Abstract of Proceedings, 29th May, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Sir William Macgregor School of Physiology on Monday, 29th May,
at 8 p.m., with Prof. J. Bostock (Vice-President) in the chair. About
forty members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Miss H. Clarke was elected to
Ordinary Membership, and Mr. D. G. Bieske and Mr. W. Roulston were
proposed for Ordinary Membership.

The business of the meeting comprised lectures and demonstrations
on “Physiological Aspects of Tropical Warfare” by the Physiology
Department.

Dr. R. Courtice spoke on the effects of hot climates on man. He
mentioned the more important bodily adjustments as being cutaneous
vasodilatation, sweating, loss of appetite, and reduced desire for work,
and discussed the more important disturbances in carrying out these
adjustments. He said that acclimatisation is divided into a primary
stage of rapid adjustment lasting 7-14 days, followed by a secondary
period of slow further adjustment lasting up to two years. Heat stroke,
heat exhaustion, and heat cramp were considered to be the main acute
failures of adjustment.

Prof. D. H. K. Lee discussed the morale of tropical living. He
stated the importance of incorporating definite objectives as a part of
personal and community planning, of providing amenities to relieve
monotony, of providing for the additional nutritional requirements
called for under tropical conditions, and of designing houses suitable
to tropical climates. In conclusion, he formulated a set of rules to be
applied to life in the tropics.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

IX.

Demonstrations included the results of experiments carried out on
subjects under tropical conditions, instruments used in measuring
climatic conditions, an apparatus for testing efficiency under various
conditions, the effects of different clothing materials on evaporation of
sweat, the electrometric titration of chlorides in sweat, and the
extraction and testing of alkaloids from plants.

Abstract of Proceedings, 26th June, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 26th June, at
8 p.m., with the President (Mr. P. A. Perkins) in the chair. Forty-
three members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. D. G. Bieske and Mr. W.
Roulston were elected to Ordinary Membership. A medal received
from the Royal Society of Tasmania in celebration of its centenary
was on exhibit.

In a lecture entitled “The Geology of Central Australia/’ Dr.
H. I. Jensen emphasised that unfossiliferous formations cannot be
correlated with one another if separated by wide unexamined areas.
The geology of the Territory must be understood before it is possible
to correlate archseozoic and palaeozoic formations in Queensland with
those in Western Australia. He paid tribute to Dr. Madigan’s
excellent work in the Macdonnell Ranges. He outlined the physio-
graphy, stratigraphy and petrography of the Central Australian
Massif, dealing particularly with the Harts Range, Strangway Range
and the country north of these ranges as far as Barrow Creek. He
contended that subsequent to the era of gneissification of the Arunta
Complex, the oldest of the formations in Central Australia, there
were two periods of volcanic action, igneous intrusion and minerali-
sation, the earlier of which occurred in the close of the Pertaknurra
or Mosquito Creek period, and the later, which has been generally
regarded as of Nullagine age, in the early Cambrian. The minerali-
sation which occurs in many places in the Cambrian series was
considered evidence of this. He claimed that the so-called Nullagine
would probably be found with more detailed investigation to be
largely Lower Cambrian. He described the economic minerals found
in the Central Australian Massif and in a wide region north of it
and outlined the reasons why the working of so many of these
minerals was not an economic proposition under present conditions.
The soils of the Territory are essentially of windblown origin, fertile
if water could be brought to them. There is, however, no true
artesian or subterranean water in the area dealt with. The only
ground water obtainable is in faults or in broken strata hemmed in
by dykes. It needs a geologist to guide water boring in such areas
to obviate waste of money. In conclusion he described the present
condition of Alice Springs and the region around it and pointed out
that unless pastoral country was periodically rested for a number of
years there was some danger of the cattle areas becoming desert
since the cattle for half the year feed on the arboreal vegetation.
They break down the trees and eat down all young trees, thus giving
shifting sand a chance to take the place of timber. Organisation to
enforce the resting of pastoral areas is badly needed.

X.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

Abstract of Proceedings, 31st July, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 31st July, at
8 p.m., with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. Twenty-
five members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Miss Leone Tod and Dr. E. J. Reye
were nominated for Ordinary Membership, and Mr. A. M. Tuffley, Mr.
T. D. Dimmick, and Mr. N. Hoyling for Associate Membership.

Prof. T. G. H. Jones gave an account of the life and work of John
Dalton, in which attention was paid to the time in which he lived and
the limitations imposed on scientific work in its early stages of develop-
ment. It was stressed that Dalton had achieved scientific fame of the
highest order in placing chemistry with his atomic theory on a
quantitative basis. Dalton’s law of partial pressures, his contribution
to the law governing the thermal expansion of gases, the atomic theory
and the Dalton system of chemical notation, the determination of
atomic weights, the law of combining proportions were reviewed and
the value of these contributions to scientific progress discussed. It
was concluded that the Royal Society could in the centenary year of
his death pay well deserved honour to his memory.

The following papers were presented: —

“Triassic Insects of Queensland. I. Eoses, a Probable Lepidop-
terous Insect from the Triassic Beds of Mount Crosby, Queensland,”
by N. B. Tindale, communicated by Mr. T. D. Dimmick.

“Some Permian Foraminifera from Eastern Australia,” and
“ Permian Ostracoda from Eastern Australia/’ by Irene Crespin,
communicated by Mr. 0. A. Jones.

“On Streptachne R. Brown and Pheidochloa genus novum, two
genera of grasses from Queensland,” by S. T. Blake.

Dr. H. I. Jensen exhibited on behalf of Mr. F. Konig, miner, Innott
Hot Springs, a fine collection of tin and tin-topaz specimens from Mr.
F. Konig ’s mine on Mt. Gibson. He also showed specimens of
Coorongite from South Australia and Kauri Gum from Mt. Spurgeon,
North Queensland.

Abstract of Proceedings, 28th August, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Geology Department of the University on Monday, 28th August, at
8 p.m., with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. About fifty
members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Miss L. Tod and Dr. E. J. Reye
were elected to Ordinary Membership, and Mr. A. M. Tuffley, Mr. T. D.
Dimmick, and Mr. N. Hoyling to Associate Membership. Mr.-C. C.
Chapman was proposed for Ordinary Membership.

Films were shown of native life in the Mount Liebig region of
Central Australia, accompanied by a commentary by Mr. T. G. H.
Strehlow. The speaker first made some introductory remarks on the
history and general background of the Mount Liebig expedition film.
This expedition was organised by the Anthropological Board of the

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

XI.

Adelaide University in August, 1932. Funds came from the Australian
National Research Council. Coloured slides — generously loaned by
Mr. C. P. Mountford, of Adelaide — were shown of the McDonnell Range
country traversed by the expedition on the way to Mount Liebig, 210
miles west of Alice Springs. The speaker then gave a brief outline
of the barren territory inhabited by the Pintubi tribe — who were the
subjects studied by the expedition. Mount Liebig was the assembly
point to which the natives had been induced to come by the speaker,
who made a 500-mile round trip through the Pintubi territory with the
aid of a Pintubi guide. The country is very poor, with no creeks, and
high sandhills. It is poor mulga country, the only waters being lime-
stone soaks and little rockholes in half buried rocks in the desert.
Living conditions are extremely hard in this area. Life is one long
struggle for existence. Hence implements and weapons are among the
most primitive of Central Australia, and ceremonies are less elaborate
than those of the Aranda.

Four films were then shown. The first showed the natives
gathering food — witchetty grubs, honeyants, and roots. The second
showed the manufacture of weapons — spear throwers, spears and
boomerangs. The third depicted the ceremonies of simple love magic,
“ pointing the bone,” and sacred ceremonies. In the last totemic
ancestors are shown as they are imagined to have looked during their
original wanderings. Down patterns (of eagle down) are put on the
head and body of the main actor — stuck on with blood supplied by
one of the younger men. Chanting goes on during the decorating, chant
verses relating deeds of the ancestor. There is ceremonial quivering
by the main actor. Finally comes a very brief and highly conven-
tionalized piece of action, and in conclusion a member of the chorus
embraces the main actor or actors. The fourth film depicted further
ceremonies, including a yam ceremony, a man ceremony, and a
kangaroo ceremony. The evening ended with a few concluding remarks
and a further set of coloured slides.

Abstract of Proceedings, 25th September, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 25th September,
at 8 p.m., with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. Fifty-
four members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. C. C. Chapman was elected to
Ordinary Membership.

Professor H. C. Richards gave a lecture entitled “ Heavy Beach
Deposits of Eastern Australia — Rutile, Monazite, Zircon, etc.” He
dealt with the nature, origin, distribution, and economic uses of the
heavy minerals associated with the beach sands of Eastern Australia,
lie indicated the similarity of these deposits in general character (I.)
to those of Florida, Brazil and Travancore which in the past have
been very important sources of supply of monazite and (II.) to the
iron sands of Japan and New Zealand. It was pointed out that the
distinctive character of the Australian Deposits between the Clarence
River and Southport was their comparative richness in Zircon and
Rutile, two industrial minerals in great demand to-day. The heavy

XII.

ABSTRACT OP PROCEEDINGS.

minerals of importance in general order of abundance are, Zircon
(S.G. 4. 5-4.7), Ilmenite (S.G. 4.5-5.0), Rutile (S.G. 4.184.25), Monazite
(S.G. 4.9-5.3), Cassiterite (S.G. 6. 8-7.1), gold and platinoid metals.
The emphasis to-day is on the recovery of Zircon, Rutile, and Monazite
because there is really no market for Ilmenite, and the other minerals,
are so patchy in their distribution and so small in amount. Much
interest exists as to the origin of these minerals, and while crushed
samples of the lacustrine sandstone of Mesozoic age near the more
important beach deposits yield on panning the same heavy minerals
in somewhat similar proportions, it is recognised that the sandstone
must be a secondary source. General opinion favours as a primary
source, igneous rocks, and the New England granite composite
batholith is most favoured. To some minor extent the Cainozoic
volcanic rocks on the coast may have contributed. Extension of the
deposits inland from the present-day strand line has been determined
in several borings on the slightly elevated coastal plain, so there seems
little doubt as to existence of very extensive reserves of heavy minerals.

Dr. W. H. Bryan exhibited a graptolite from the Brisbane
4 ‘Schists.7’ The specimen was collected personally by Dr. Bryan on
20th September, 1944, when, accompanied by Mr. 0. A. Jones, he led
a party of senior students from the Department of Geology, University
of Queensland, on a field excursion to Upper Brookfield. The site of
the find is within the western limits of the Greater Brisbane area and
is a road cutting in Portion 194, Parish Moggill, four-fifths of a mile
south-east of Upper Brookfield school. Mr. 0. A. Jones in speaking
on the exhibit stated that it can be confidently placed in the genus
Diplograptus and possibly in the sub-genus OrtJwgraptus. He pointed
out that as the fossil came from the horizon somewhere about the
middle of the series, it suggested that a considerable portion of this
thick series is Ordovician in age, that is, somewhat older than was
previously thought. The only other graptolite recorded from Queens-
land was found at Tweed Heads by Mr. A. K. Denmead in the upper
part of the underlying Bunya Series. Although this is at a consider-
ably lower horizon than the specimen exhibited, it also belonged to
the Diplograptidae.

Abstract of Proceedings, 30th October, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 30th October, at
8 p.m., with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. Twenty-
five members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Dr. Alan Earnshaw was nominated
for Ordinary Membership.

Mr. C. T. White delivered the Tryon Memorial Lecture entitled
“Henry Tryon and His Place in Queensland Science.” Henry Tryon
was born in England in 1856 arid died at Brisbane in 1943. After a
primary education at Sherwood and later as a medical student at the
London University, he travelled to New Zealand. He came to Queens-
land in 1882 and was appointed Assistant Director of the Queensland
Museum in 1883. In 1894 he was appointed Government Entomologist
at' ^tlle* Department of Agriculture and in 1901 became also Government

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

XIII.

Plant Pathologist. He was the first Secretary of the Royal' Society of
Queensland and took an active part in the scientific life of Brisbane.
He contributed many papers on natural history largely to Government
publications and to the Proceedings of this Society. In 1895 Tryon
visited British New Guinea to collect sugar-cane varieties which were
imported into Australia. He brought back 66 varieties, including the
well-known Badila, which is considered to be the best variety of sugar-
cane ever introduced into Queensland. He was a member of a travelling
commission appointed in 1912 to visit the many countries where prickly-
pears were indigenous or naturalised, to investigate means of control
that might be applied in Australia. A complete list of his publications
was given in the 4 4 Queensland Agricultural Journal” for August, 1929.

Miss E. N. Marks exhibited the larva of Aedes (Finlay a) Mocellatus
(Taylor). The female of this mosquito was described by Taylor in 1914
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., XXXIX., 463) under the name Cidex
Mocellatus from specimens taken by Drs. Ferguson and Cleland on
Milson Is., Hawkesbury River, N.S.W. It is referred to as Aedes
(Finlay a) Mocellatus by Edwards (1924 Bull. Ent. Res. XIV., 381).
No other references to it have been found. The larva is here recorded
for the first time. Adult males, also hitherto unrecorded, have been
bred out from collections of larvae and pupae. The type specimen was
not available for examination in Sydney in May, 1944, but a male
specimen bred out November, 1943, from larvae from Mt. Glorious was
compared in detail with a female from the type locality, 1913, determined
by F. W. Edwards. There could be no doubt that both belonged to the
same species. Larvae are found in treeholes in rain forest. Earliest
specimens in the collection of the University of Queensland are larvae
from Mt. Glorious, September, 1942, collected by F. A. Perkins, and
bred adults, October and November, 1942. Larvae were collected from
the same treehole in October and November, 1943. In July, 1943, this
hole was dry and leaf mould collected from it was placed in a dish and
covered with tap water. Four weeks later 4th instar Mocellatus larvae
were observed. These were separated into a jar, but failed to pupate.
Three weeks later another series of 4th instar larva was present, and
from these adult Mocellatus were bred out. Further samples of larvae
were collected by Lieut. J. L. Wassell from treeholes at Wengen Creek
and Mt. Mowbullan, Bunya Mts., September, 1944, and individual
specimens have been bred out from these, so that correlated adults and
larval and pupal skins are available. In the latest key to larvae of
Genus Aedes (Lee, 1944, An Atlas of the mosquito larvae of the
Australasian region) A. Mocellatus would come out with Aedes (Finlay a)
allooannidatus, but it shows no close affinity to this species.

Mr. S. T. Blake showed specimens of Polypodium pustulatum,
Arthropteris Beckleri, and Felicia diversifolia illustrating different
types of polymorphy in leaves.

Dr. D. A. Herbert exhibited Cordyceps muscae, a fungus attacking
Sarcophaga sp., collected by Capt. R. F. Langdon at Port Moresby in
July, 1944. He also exhibited Cordyceps sp. on the small brown ant,
Pheidole megacephala , collected under the bark of Eucalyptus tereticornis
at Southport, and specimens of the same species from Brisbane.

Dr. W. H. Bryan exhibited a scale model of a soil profile at the
State Agricultural College, Lawes. The model, which is the work of
Mr. P. J. Skerman, M.Sc.Agr., is on the scale of 1 inch to 1 foot arfd was

XIV.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

constructed by mounting a veneer of the soil itself on a rigid background.
The result is a striking and realistic representation of a soil section that
exhibits an unusual distribution of two differently coloured horizons.
The section as displayed in the field measures 30 feet long and 6 feet deep.
Dr. Bryan suggested that this technique might have many valuable
applications in pedology.

Mr. 0. A. Jones exhibited a specimen of carbonised fossil wood
embedded in welded tuff from the cliffs at Kangaroo Point. The wood
structure is unusually well preserved and apparent to the naked eye.
For comparison he showed other specimens from the welded tuff and
from the bedded tuff usually found at the base of the welded tuff. The
fossil wood so common in the bedded tuff is always of the ordinary
silicified type and is in striking contrast to the infrequent and always
carbonised fossil wood from the welded tuff. The carbonisation of the
latter indicates the high temperature of the welded tuff when ejected.

Abstract of Proceedings, 27th November, 1944.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Geology Department of the University on Monday, 27th November,
at 8 p.m., with the President (Mr. F. A. Perkins) in the chair. Twenty
members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Dr. Alan Earnshaw was elected to
Ordinary Membership.

Mr. E. T. Holdaway gave an address on the “ Determination of
Longitude in Australia,” during the course of which he said that by
the middle of the 18th century determinations of latitude were being
jmade with fair accuracy, but longitude values were very erroneous.
The observation of the transit of Yenus on 3rd June, 1769, by James
Cook, assisted by the development of the chronometer, was a big step
forward. A further improvement in the determination of longitude
in Australia was attained by the observation of a transit of Yenus in
this country in 1882, using the electric telegraph line from Greenwich
to Sydney for the exchange of time-signals. Then in 1902 greater
accuracy in time was obtained by means of the Pacific cable when
Greenwich values were available via Canada. Finally, wireless time-
signals were used, giving the value at Sydney as 10 h. 4 m. 49.19 sec.
The earliest value at Sydney was 10 h. 4 m. 50.31 sec. ; the difference
appears to support the idea of continental drift.

XV.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

The following Institutions and Societies are on our Exchange List, and their publications
are hereby gratefully acknowledged. Owing to war conditions some exchanges have

temporarily lapsed.

Argentine —

Dereccion general de Estadistiea,
Buenos Aires.

Observatorio M. Lasagna.

Universidad de Buenos Aires.
Universidad National de La Plata.

Australia —

General —

A.W.A.

Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science.
Australasian Institute of Mining
Engineers.

Australian Chemical Institute.
Australian Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy.

Australian Journal of Experimental
Biology and Medical Science.
Australian Science Abstracts.
Australian Veterinary Society.
Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research.

Standards Association of Australia.

Federal Government —

Commonwealth Bureau of Census and
Statistics, Canberra.

Department of Health.

Forestry Bureau.

New South Wales —

Australian Museum, Sydney.

Botanic Gardens, Sydney.
Department of Agriculture, Sydney.
Department of Fisheries, Sydney.
Department of Mines, Sydney.
Geological Survey.

Linnean Society of New South Wales.
Naturalists ’ Society of New South
Wales.

N.S.W. National Herbarium.

Public Library, Sydney.

Royal Society of New South Wales.
Technological Museum, Sydney.
University of Sydney.

Queensland —

Crohamhurst Observatory.
Department of Agriculture, Brisbane.
Department of Mines, Brisbane.

Government Statistician, Queensland.
North Queensland Naturalists ’ Club.
Queensland Museum, Brisbane.
Queensland Naturalists’ Club, Bris-
bane.

Queensland, University of.

Royal Geographical Society of Aus-
tralasia (Queensland), Brisbane.

South Australia —

Adelaide, University of.

Department of Mines, Adelaide.
Geological Survey, Adelaide.

Public Library, Museum and Art
Gallery, Adelaide.

Royal Geographical Society of Aus-
tralasia, Adelaide.

Royal Society of South Australia.
Royal Society of South Australia,
Field Naturalists’ Section.

Waite Agricultural Research Insti-
tute.

Tasmania —

Geological Survey.

Mines Department.

Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston.
Royal Society of Tasmania.
Tasmania, University of.

Victoria —

Department of Agriculture, Mel-
bourne.

Department of Mines, Melbourne.
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.
Geological Survey.

McCoy Society, Melbourne.

National Museum, Melbourne.

Royal Society of Victoria.

Western Australia —

Geological Survey.

Mines Department, Perth.

Royal Society of Western Australia.

Austria —

Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna.
Belgium —

Academie Royale de Belgique.

Societe Royale de Botanique de
Belgique.

Societe Royale Zoologique de Belgique.

XVI.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Brazil —

Institute) de Biologia Vegetal, Bio de !
Janeiro.

Institute Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janeiro, j
Government. Departmento Naeionale da
Produeeao Animal.

Government. Servico Geologieo e
Mineralogico.

Ministerio de Agricultura Industria y
Commercio, Rio de Janeiro.

Museu Paulista, Sao Paulo.

Universidade de Sao Paulo.

Canada —

Department of Agriculture, Ottawa.
Department of Mines, Ottawa.

Geological Survey, Ottawa.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science.

Royal Astronomical Society of Canada.
Royal Canadian Institute.

Royal Society of Canada.

Ceylon —

Ceylon Journal of Science.

Colombo Museum.

Chile —

Sociedad de biologia de Conception.

Cuba —

Sociedad Geografica de Cuba, Habana.
Universidad de Habana.

Czechoslovakia —

Acta botannica Boliemiea.

Charles University, Prague.
Czechoslovakian Entomological Society.
Masarykova Universita, Brno.

Denmark —

The University, Copenhagen.

Estonia —

Tartu University.

Finland —

Societas pro fauna et flora fennica.
France —

Marseille Faculte des Sciences.
Montpellier, University of.

Museum National d ’Histoire naturelle,
Paris.

Societe botanique de France.

Societe des Sciences naturelles de
l’Ouest, Nantes.

Societe entomologique de France.
Societe franqaise de microscopie.

Societe geologique et mineralogique de
Bretagne, Rennes.

Societe scientifique de Bretagne, Rennes.
Station Zoologique de Cette.

Formosa —

Taihoku Imperial University.

Germany —

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Leipzig.

Badische Landsverein fur Naturkunde.

Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten, Munich.

Botanische Garten u. Museum, Berlin.

Deutsche Entomologische Institut.

Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft,
Berlin.

Deutsche Kolonial- und Uebersee
Museum, Bremen.

Gesellsehaft fur Erdkunde, Berlin.

K. Leopoldinisch-Carolinische deutsche
Akademie der Naturforscher,
Halle.

Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin.

Naturhistorisch-medizinischer Vereins,
Heidelberg.

Naturhistorischer Verein der preus.
Rheinland und Westfalens, Bonn.

Naturwissensehaftlicher Verein zu
Bremen.

Reiehsamt fiir Wetter dienst, Berlin.

Saehsische Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten, Leipzig.

Senckenbergische Bibliothek, Frankfurt
a. Main.

Zentralblatt fiir Bakteriologie, etc.

Zoologisches Museum, Berlin.

Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg.

Gold Coast —

Geological Survey.

Great Britain —

Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

Bristol Museum and Art Gallery.

British Museum (Natural History) ,
London.

Cambridge Philosophical Society.

Conchological Society of Great Britain
and Ireland, Manchester.

Imperial Agricultural Bureaux.

Imperial Bureau of Plant Genetics,
Aberystwyth.

Imperial Institute of Entomology,
London.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary
Society.

Manchester Literary and Philosophical
Society.

Rothamsted Experimental Station.

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

Royal Empire Society, London.

Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Royal Society of London.

Wales, University College of.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

XVII.

Hawaii —

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, Hono-
lulu.

Holland —

K. Akademie van Wetenschappen te
Amsterdam.

Royal Netherlands Academy.
Technische Hoogeschool, Delft.
University of Amsterdam.

India —

Geological Survey of India.

Imperial Agricultural Research Insti-
tute, New Delhi.

Ireland —

Royal Dublin Society.

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.

Italy —

R. Accademia delle Scienze dellJ Insti-
tuto di Bologna.

R. Instituto superiore agrario di
Bologna.

Museo civico di storia naturale, Genoa.
R. Scuola superiore d ’agricoltura in
Portici.

Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali,
Pisa.

Japan —

Agricultural Chemical Society of Japan.
Japanese Journal of Zoology.

Kyoto Imperial University.

National Research Council of Japan,
Tokyo.

Ohara Institut, Kurashiki.

Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku.

Tokyo Imperial University.

Mexico —

Academia nacional de ciencias Antonio
Alzate.

Instituto Geologico de Mexico.
Observatorio Meteorologico Central,
Tacubaya.

Secretario de Agriculture y Fomento.
Netherlands Indies —

Jardin Botanique, Buitenzorg.

K. Naturkundige Vereeniging in Ned.-
Indie.

New Zealand —

Auckland Institute and Museum.
Department of Scientific and Industrial
Research, Wellington.

Dominion Laboratory, Wellington.
Dominion Museum, Wellington.
Geological Survey of New Zealand.
Royal Society of New Zealand.

Peru —

Sociedad Geologica del Peru.

Philippines —

Bureau of Science, Manila.

Poland —

Geological Institute, Warsaw.
Panstwowe museum zoologiczne.

Polskie Towarzystwo Przyrodnikow im
Kopernika, Lwow.

Societes Savantes Polonaises.
University of Lwow.

Portugal —

Academia Polvtechnicada, Oporto.
Instituto Botanico, Coimbra.

Sociedade Broterniana, Coimbra.

Russia —

Academy of Sciences, Leningrad.
Bureau of Applied Entomology, Lenin-
grad.

Laboratory of Palaeontology, Moscow
University.

Lenin Academy of Agriculture
Sciences, Leningrad.

South Africa —

Durban Museum, Natal.

Geological Society of South Africa,
Johannesburg.

Natal Government Museum, Pieter-
maritzburg.

National Museum, Bloemfontein.

South African Museum, Capetown.
Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

Spain —

Real Academia de Ciencias, Madrid.
Academia de Ciencias de Zaragoza.
Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de
Barcelona.

Museo de Historia Natural, Valencia.
Sweden —

Goteborgs K. Vetenskaps-och Vitterhets
Samhallet.

K. Fysiografiska Sallskapet, Lund.
Uppsala University.

Switzerland —

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich.
Societe de Physique et d ’histoire
naturelle, Geneve.

Trinidad —

Imperial College of Tropical Agricul-
ture.

XVIII.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Uraguay —

Museo de liistoria natural, Montevideo.
United States —

Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia.

Academy of Science, St. Louis.
American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, Boston.

American Geographical Society, New
York.

American Museum of Natural History,
New York.

American Philosophical Society, Phila-
delphia.

Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plains.
Boston Society of Natural Sciences.
Buffalo Society of Natural History.
California Academy of Sciences.
California, University of.

California, University of, Los Angeles.
Carnegie Institution, Washington.
Cornell University.

Federal Government —

Bureau of Standards.

Department of Agriculture.
Geological Survey.

Library of Congress.

Public Health Service.

Field Museum of Natural History,
Chicago. (Now under new name.)
Florida State Geological Survey.
Harvard University.

Illinois Natural History Survey.
Illinois, University of.

Indiana Academy of Science.

Institute of Biological Research, Balti-
more.

Iowa, University of.

John Crerar Library, Chicago.

Johns Hopkins University.

Kansas Academy of Science, Lawrence.
Kansas, University of.

Lloyd Library, Cincinnati.

Michigan Academy of Arts, Science,
and Letters.

Michigan, University of.

Minnesota Geological Survey.
Minnesota, University of.

Missouri Botanic Garden, St. Louis.
Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard.

National Academy of Science, Wash-
ington.

National Research Council, Washington.
New York Academy of Sciences.

New York Zoological Society.

Ohio State University.

Portland Society of Natural History.
Puget Sound Biological Station,
Seattle.

Rochester Academy of Science.

San Diego Society of Natural History.
Smithsonian Institution, Washington.
State College of Washington, Pullman.
United States National Museum, Wash-
ington.

Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Hunting-
ton.

Western Society of Engineers, Chicago.
Wisconsin Academy of Arts, Science,
and Letters, Madison.

Wistar Institute of Anatomy and
Biology, Philadelphia.

Yale University —

Bingham Oceanographic Laboratory.
Peabody Museum of Natural History.

XIX.

List of Members.

Honorary Life Members.

•Bennett, F., B.Sc. .. .. .. “Irby,” 25tli North Street, Mackay.

•Henderson, J. B., O.B.E., F.C.S., c/- Mrs. L. Crawford, Laurel Avenue,

F.I.C. Chelmer, S.W. 3.

•Simmonds, J. H., senr. . . . . Hillsdon Road, Taringa, Brisbane.

Walkom, A.B., D.Sc. . . . . . . Australian Museum, College Street,

Sydney.

Life Members.

. . St. Kilda Flats, 190 Moray Street, New
Farm.

Higginson, H. L., B.Se.

Hulsen, R.

•Jensen, H. I., D.Sc. ..

Riddell, R. M

Tilling, H. W., M.R.S.C. (Eng.),
L.R.C.T. (Lond.)

Penney 's, 3rd Floor, Queen Street,
Brisbane.

P.O., Caboolture.

Department of Public Instruction, Bris-
bane.

Nairobi, Kenya, Africa.
Corresponding Members.

•Domin, Dr. K. . . . . . . . . Czech University, Prague.

Gregory, Professor W. K. . . . . Columbia University, New York.

•Skeats, Prof. E. W., D.Sc. . . . . The University, Melbourne, Victoria.

Ordinary Members.

Archibald, Dr. L., M.Sc., M.B., B.S.
Atherton, D. O., M.Agr.Sc.

Bage, Miss A. F., M.Sc. . .

•Ball, C. W., M.Sc

Ball, L. C., B.E

Bambrick, R.

Barker, F.

Barker, G. H . .

•Beasley, A. W., B.Sc

Bick, E. W.

Bick, I. R., M.Sc

Bieske, D.G., B.Sc.

•Blake, S. T., M.Sc

Boissard, G. P. D., B.Sc.

Booth, F. G., M.D

•Bostock, J., M.D., B.S., D.P.M.,

M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.

Bosworth, F. O., B.A.

Boys, R. S., L.D.S

Braes, E. M.

•Briggs, Mrs. C.

Brimblecombe, A. R., M.Sc. . .

•Briton, N. W., B.Vet.Sc

Broe, J. J., M.Sc.

Brown, Graham, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,
F.R.A.C.S.

Health Department, Brisbane.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Toowoomba.

Women's College, Kangaroo Point, Bris-
bane.

Geological Survey Office, Charters
Towers.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane
Stock Office, Boonah.

Railway Audit Office, Brisbane.

Adelaide Street, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Coronation Avenue, St. Lucia, Brisbane.
The University, Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Botanic Gardens, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

113 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.
Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Agricultural College, Lawes.

P.O. Box 135, Toowoomba.

“My ora, ” Junction Terrace, Annerley.
First Avenue, Eagle Junction, Brisbane.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Agricultural College, Lawes.

Central Technical College, Brisbane.

371 Queen Street, Brisbane.

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society,

XX.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Brown, Jas., B.A., M.D., Ch.B.

(Edin.), D.Ph. (Cambridge)
•Bryan, W. H., M.C., D.Sc

*Bryan, W. W., M.Agr.Sc.

Buzacott, J. H., M.Sc.

Caldwell, N. E. H., M.Agr.Sc.

Callaghan, J. P., M.Sc.

Campbell, Miss B., B.Sc.

Carson- Cooling, Geo., M.Sc.

Carter, S. B.Sc.

Cary, J. G

Chapman, C. C.

Chippendale, E., M.Agr.Sc.

Christian, C. S., M.Sc.

Cilento, Sir R. W., M.D., B.S.

Clark, C., M.A

Clarke, Miss H. . .

Collins, Mrs. E., B.Sc.

Coleman, F. B.

Connah, T. H., M.Sc.

Cottrell-Dormer, W., M.Agr.Sc.

Cribb, H. G., B.Sc

Croll, Gifford, M.B

Cummings, R. P., M.A.

Daniels, C. L. . .
de Jersey, N. J., M.Sc.

•Denmead, A. K., M.Sc.

Dixon, G. P., C.B.E., M.B., Ch.M. . .

•Dodd, Alan P., O.B.E

Donaldson, R. J.

Earnshaw, P. A., M.B., Ch.M.,

F.R.A.C.P.

East, J. D., B.Sc.

Edmiston, E. S., M.Sc.

Elliott, T. M. B

Ellis, C., B.E.

Erskine, T. W., T.T.S.C

Evans, C. K., M.Sc.

Everist, S. L., B.Sc..

Ferguson, Miss G., B.Sc.

•Fisher, 1ST. H., D.Sc

Fison, D. G., M.Sc., M.B., B.S. ..
Fogarty, H. C.

Fraser, C. S.

Fraser, K., B.Sc., B.Sc.App., B.E. . .

“ Widmoorene,,, Margaret Street, Too-
woomba

The University, Brisbane.

Agricultural High School and College,

Lawes.

Sugar Experiment Station, Meringa, via
Gordonvale.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Box 519, Ayr.

Royal North Shore Hospital, Sydney.

The University, Brisbane.

Bovs’ Grammar School, Brisbane.

187 Waterworks Road Ashgrove, W. 3.

9, Macaulay Street, Coorparoo.

Coronation Drive, St. Lucia, Brisbane.

Agricultural Experiment Station, Biloela.

Division of Plant Industry, C.S.I.R.,
Canberra.

Department of Health, Brisbane.

Bureau of Industry, Brisbane.

c/- W. Peterman, Box 194C, G.P.O., Bris-
bane.

4 Pearl Avenue, Chatswood, Sydney.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane.

Sherwood, Brisbane.

University of Queensland, Brisbane.

Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Mount Isa.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Geological Survey, Brisbane.

Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Prickly-pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Bris-
bane.

care of Gibbs, Bright, and Co., Queen
Street, Brisbane.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

District Geologist’s Office, Rockhampton.

The University, Brisbane.

Stanford X-ray Co. Pty., Ltd., Wickham
Terrace, Brisbane.

Co-ordinator-General ’s Department, Bris-
bane.

Brisbane Boys’ College, Toowong

Fifer Street, Ipswich.

Department of Agriculture, Blackalh

Rode Road, Nundah.

Department of Shipping and Supply,
Canberra, A.C.T.

Children’s Hospital, Brisbane.

Hillside Crescent, Hamilton.

246 Queen Street, Brisbane.

Central Technical College, Brisbane.

Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XXI.

Fraser, K. M. . .

Frew, A. E. Harding, B.E. . .
Gaffney, T.

Gasking, D. A. T

Gipps, F.

♦Goddard, Prof. E. J., B.A., D.Sc. . .

Gray, D. F., B. Yet. Sc.

Greenham, R., B.Sc

Grenning, Y.

•Grey, Mrs. B. B., F.L.S

♦Gurney, E. H. . .

Gutteridge, N. M., M.B., B.S.

Haenke, Miss D., B.Sc.

*Haenke, W. L., M.Sc., B.Sc.App.

Hall, G., B.Sc

♦Hamlyn-Harris, R., D.Sc.

Hamon, W. P., B.Agr.Sc.

Handley, Mrs. J. N. . .

Hardie, Sir David, M.D., M.S.

♦Hardy, G. H

Hardy, Miss M., M.Sc.

Harris, V. E. G., B.Sc.

•Hawken, Professor R. W., B.A., M.E.,
M.Inst.C.E.

•Herbert, D. A., D.Sc.

Herdsman, L. P.

Hickey, M. F., M.A., M.B., B.S.
fllill, Miss D., D.Sc., Pli.D

♦Hines, H. J., B.Sc

♦Hitchcock, L. F., M.Sc.

Hirsclifeld, E., M.D.

Hirschfeld, 0. S., M.B., M.Sc.

Hoeben, J. G. H., B.Yet.Sc

Hossfeld, P. S., M.Sc.

Hyland, R. H., B.Sc

Jack, Thos.

Jones, B.

Jones, C., B.Sc. . .

Jones, Inigo, F.R.A.S., F.R.Met.Soc.,
F.Am.Geog.Soc., F.R.S.A.

♦Jones, Owen, M.Sc.

•Jones, Professor T. G. H., D.Sc.,
A.A.C.I.

♦Just, J. S.

Kemp, J. R.

“Shellbourne,” 187 Toorak road, South
Yarra, Melbourne.

Los Angeles, 456 St. Kilda Road, Mel-
bourne.

Engineer in Charge, Pumping Station,
Pinkenba.

Canberra University College, Canberra.

‘ ‘ Corymbosa, ’ ’ Eagle Heights.

The University, Brisbane.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane.

Australasian Petroleum Co., Port
Moresby.

Director of Forests, Lands Department,
George Street, Brisbane.

care of Queensland Trustees, Toowoomba.

26 Augustus Street, Toowong.

Inchcolme, Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

57 Chatsworth Road, Greenslopes.

“Roekton, ” Limestone Hill, Ipswich.

Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Mount Isa, N.Q.

“Pegwell, ” Margaret Street, Queen’s
Beach, Redcliffe.

“Clifton,” Ubobo, via Gladstone.

Broekley, Ballina Road, via Lismore.

“ Blythsdale, ” Hamilton, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

McMaster Lab., University, Sydney.

The Southport School, Southport.

The University, Brisbane.

Biology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Government Printing Office, George
Street, Brisbane.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

School of Veterinary Science, Yeerong-
pilly.

33 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

231 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Veterinary Science School, Fairfield Road,
Yeerongpilly.

P.O. Box 24, South Brisbane.

45 Ascog Terrace, Toowong.

Cunningham Street, Dalby.

Superior Oil Co., Ltd., of New Zealand,
Suite 4, National Bank Chambers,
Palmerston N., New Zealand.

Norfolk Street, Coorparoo.

Crohamhurst Observatory, Beerwah, Q.

The University, Brisbane.

Chemistry Department, The University,
Brisbane.

Box 1067N., G.P.O., Brisbane.

Main Roads Commission, Albert Street,
Brisbane.

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society.
X

XXII.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Kesteven, K. V. L., B.VetJSc.

Knight, C. L., M.Sc. . .

Kyle, W. M., M.A

*Lahey, F. 3ST., D.Sc

*Langdon, R. F. N., B.Agr.Sc.

*Lee, Professor D. H. K., M.Sc., M.B.,
Ch.M., D.T.M.

•Legg, J., D.V.Sc., M.R.C.Y.S.
•Longman, H. A., F.L.S.

Love, V. N.

Lumb, Professor S. F., D.D.S., L.D.S.

Lynch, A. J., M.B., Ch.M

•Mackerras, Mrs. Ian, M.B.
MacMahon, P. G.

Marks, A. H., C.B.E., D.S.O., M.D. . .
•Marks, E. O., M.D., B.A., B.E.

•Marks, Miss E. N., M.Sc

Mathewson, J. H. R., M.B., Ch.B. . .

McConnel, Miss U., M.A.

McDonald, S. F., M.D., M.R.C.P. . .

MeDowall, Val., M.B., Ch.M.,
F.R.A.C.P., F.F.R.

McKenzie, A. D., M.B., Ch.M.
Macpherson, R. K., M.Sc., M.B., B.S.
Meyers, E. S., M.B., F.R.A.C.S.

Morton, C. C., A.C.T.S.M

*Munro, I. S. R., B.Se.

Murphy, Ellis, M.D.

•Murray, Professor J. K., B.A.,

B.Sc.Agr.

Newman, Miss A. W., B.Sc.

Nye, Jarvis, M.B., Ch.M., F.R.A.C.P.

O ’Connor, E. A., M.Sc.

Ogilvie, C., B.E.

•Paltridge, T. B., B.Sc.

Payne, W. L. . .

•Pearce, Mrs. T. R., M.Sc.

Pennington, R., B.A.

•Perkins, F. A., B.Sc.Agr.

Peters, R.

Preston, G.

Price, T. A., M.B., B.S

•Reid, J. H., A.S.T.C

Reimann, A. L., D.Sc., Ph.D.

•Reye, A. J., M.B

Reye, E. J., M.B., B.S.

•Richards, Professor H. C., D.Sc.

Riek, E. F., B.Se

•Roberts, F. H. S., D.Sc

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.
Department of Supply and Shipping,
Canberra, A.C.T.

The University, Brisbane.

Department of Chemistry, University of
Melbourne.

The University, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.
Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

85 Kintore avenue, Prospect, South
Australia.

Dcutal Hospital, Turbot Street, Brisbane.
413 Brunswick Street, Yalley, Brisbane.
Box 109, Canberra, A.C.T.

Health Department, Brisbane.

109 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

101 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

101 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Cressbrook, via ToogoolawaL.
“Faneourt,” Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

131 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Russell Street, Toowoomba.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane.
Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

c/- Mining Warden, Charters Towers.
The University, Brisbane.

14 Sutherland Avenue, Ascot.

Agricultural High School and College,
Lawes.

Bilsen Road, Nundah.

Brisbane Clinic, Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

Lands Department, Brisbane.
Agricultural College, Lawes.

Lands Department, Brisbane.

Box 332, P.O., Lismore, New South
Wales.

The University, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane.
Gregory Terrace, Brisbane.

Toowoomba.

Geological Survey Office, Rockhampton.
Physics Department, The University,
Brisbane.

97 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Health Department, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

LIST OP MEMBERS.

XXIII.

•Robertson, W. T.

Robinson, E. V.

♦Robinson, Miss K. W., M.Sc.

Roe, R., B.Sc.

Roulston, W. J., B.Sc. . .

Schafer, Hannaford, D.P., M.R.C.R.,
M.R.A.C.P.

Schindler, C., M.A.

Schofield, J. L., B.Sc.

Scott, Miss F. E., B.Sc.

Scott, Miss M. I. R., M.Sc.

Shaw, J. G., B.Agr.Sc.

♦Shepherd, E. M., B.E.

♦Simmonds, J. H., M.Sc.

Simonds, Prof. E. F., M.A., B.Sc.,
Ph.D.

Sims, G. W.

Sloan, W. J. S., M.Agr.Sc

Smith, D. J. W., B.Sc.

* Smith, F. B., D.Sc., F.I.C

Smith, J. H., M.Sc., N.D.A

Smith, L. S., B.Sc.

Steel, W. H., M.B.

Stoney, A. J., B.E.E.

Strong, T. H., M.Agr.Sc

Summerville, W. A. T., D.Sc

Tabrett, Miss D., B.Sc.

Tarleton, A., M.B.

Taylor, G. C., M.B., Ch.M

Teseh, J., B.Agr.Sc.

Thelander, C., M.B., Ch.B., F.R.A.C.S.

Thomas, L., M.Sc.

Thorn, St. G. . .

Tilse, Miss I., B.Sc.

Tod, Miss L., B.Sc.

♦Tommerup, E. C., M.Sc.

Trist, A., M.F., B.Sc.

Tuffiey, Mrs. A. M., M.Sc

♦Turner, A. J., M.D., F.E.S

♦Veitch, R., B.Sc.Agr., B.Sc. For.,
F.R.E.S.

Waddle, I., M.Sc

■♦Wade, A., D.Sc., Ai.R.C.Sc

Assistant Bacteriologist, City Hall, Bris-
bane.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

. C.S.I.R., Orient Buildings, 113 Eagle
Street, Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Brisbane Clinic, Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

404 Upper Cornwall Street, Greenslopes.
Northumberland Hotel, Gympie.

The University, Brisbane.

Children's Hospital, Brisbane.

131 Gladstone Road, Highgate Hill.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Grove Crescent, Toowong.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Rockhampton.

Department of Health, Brisbane.
Rosecherry Street, Highgate Hill, Bris-
bane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Care of Government Botanist, Botanic
Gardens, Brisbane.

Rosemount Hospital, Windsor.

The University, Brisbane.

Waite Institute, Adelaide, S.A.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

69 Vulture Street, West End, Brisbane.
Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Care of Becker’s Pty., Adelaide.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Post Office, Stanthorpe.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

The University, Brisbane.

Health Department, Brisbane.
Agricultural High School and College,
Lawes.

Forestry Department, Brisbane.
Physiology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Dauphin Street, Highgate Hill.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Brisbane State High School, Musgrave
Park, Brisbane.

Shell Oil Co., Ann Street, Brisbane.

Salt Street, Albion.

Wadley, J. B. . .

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

XXIV.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Watkins, S. B., M.Sc.

Watson, Miss K., B.A.

Webster, H. C., M.Sc., Ph.D., F.I.P.
F.R.M.S.

Weddell, J. A

Wells, W. G

* White, C. T

White, M., M.Sc., Pli.D., A.A.C.I. . .

nVhitehouse, F. W., D.Sc., Ph.D. . .
Wilkinson, Professor H. J., M.D.
Williams, W.

>Yeates, 1ST. T. M., B.Sc

Mount Cootlia Road, Brisbane, S.W. 1.
Department of Public Works, Brisbane.
Physics Department, University, Brisbane..

Department of Agriculture and Stock,

Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,.

Brisbane.

Government Botanist, Botanic Gardens,.
Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,,

Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane
P.O., Kilcoy.

The University, Brisbane.

Associat]

Dimmock, T. D.

Hoy ling, N.

Le Breton, E. G.

Tuffley, A. M

* Members who have contributed p

Members.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane*

Physiology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

pers to the Society.

\

A. H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

CONTENTS.

Vol. LYI.

No. 1. — Presidential Address: A Retrospect of Modern Psychiatry.

By John BostocJc, M.B., B.S-, L.B.C.P., BJP.M.,

F.B.A.C.P. (Issued separately, 13th November, 1944)

No. 2. — On Streptachne R. Brown and Pheidochloa Genus Novum, Two
Genera of Grasses from Queensland. By S. T. Blake,

M.Sc. (Issued separately, 13th November, 1944) . . . . 11-22

No. 3. — Some Permian Foraminifera from Eastern Australia. By

Irene Crespin, B.A. (Issued separately, 5th February, 1945) 23-30

No. 4. — Permian Ostracoda from Eastern Australia. By Irene

Crespin , B.A. (Issued separately, 5th February, 1945) . . 31-36

No. 5. — Triassic Insects of Queensland. I. Eoses, a Probable
Lepidopterous Insect from the Triassic Beds of Mount
Crosby, Queensland. By N. B. Tindale, B.Sc. (Issued
separately, 27th April, 1945) . . . . . . . . . . 37-46

No. 6. — A Revision of the Australian Cossidae (Lepidoptera) . By
A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.B.E.S. (Issued separately,

19th June, 1945) 47-70

No. 7. — Some Geological Notes on the Pioneer River Basin and
Adjacent Areas. By Frederick Bennett, B.Sc. (Issued
separately, 25th June, 1945) . . . . . . . . . . 71-76

No. 8. — Tryon Memorial Lecture: Henry Tryon — First Hon.

Secretary, Royal Society of Queensland and his place
in Queensland Science. By C. T. White. (Issued separately,

25th June, 1945) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77-80

No. 9. — A New Gerioides with Folding Wings (Diptera — Syrphidae).

By G. E. Hardy. (Issued separately, 25th June, 1945) .. 81-84

No. 10. — The Geology of Central Australia. By E. I. Jensen, D.Sc.

(Issued separately, 29th June, 1945) .. .. .. .. 85-94

No. 11. — Ostracods From Some Queensland Tertiary Basins, and
Their Bearing on the Correlation of the Strata. By
A. W. Beasley, M.Sc. (Issued separately, 29th June, 1945) 95-124

No. 12. — A Papuan Orchid: Bendrohium Coplands, (Bailey) Rupp,
comb. nov. By E. M. B. Bupp. (Issued separately, 29th
June, 1945) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Report of Council . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v-vi

Abstract of Proceedings . . vii-xrv

List of Library Exchanges xv-xvm

List of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix-xxiv

Pages.

1-10